THE SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL

ROADS AGENCY SOC LIMITED

CONTRACT SANRAL R335-010-2017/1

THE IMPROVEMENT OF NATIONAL ROUTE

R335 FROM MOTHERWELL (KM 5.16) TO ADDO
TOWN (KM 37.16)
PHASE 1: KM 5.16 TO KM 27.5

PROJECT DOCUMENT
DATE: JULY 2022

TENDER DOCUMENT
VOLUME 3
BOOK 3 OF 3

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL ROADS AGENCY SOC LIMITED
48 TAMBOTIE AVENUE
VAL DE GRACE
PRETORIA, 0184

NAME OF TENDERER: …………………………………………………………..

Set sequential number

PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021

 CONTRACT SANRAL R335-010-2017/1

FOR

THE IMPROVEMENT OF NATIONAL ROUTE R335

FROM MOTHERWELL (KM 5.16) TO ADDO TOWN
(KM 37.16)
PHASE 1: KM 5.16 TO KM 27.5

PROJECT DOCUMENT

DATE: JULY 2022

TENDER DOCUMENT
VOLUME 3
BOOK 3 OF 3

THIS DOCUMENT COMPILED BY:

..........................................................................................................................................
TBA

UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE REGIONAL MANAGER

THE SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL ROADS AGENCY SOC LIMITED
20 SHOREWOOD DRIVE
BAY WEST
GQEBERHA
6025
Tel: (041) 398 3200 Email: [email protected]

PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021

LIST OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

The following documents form part of this contract:

Volume 1: The Conditions of Contract for Construction for Building and Engineering Works Designed
by the Employer (1999), published by the Federation Internationale des Ingenieurs-
Conseils (FIDIC) which the tenderer shall purchase himself. (See note 1 below).

Volume 2: The COTO Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Works for South African Road
Authorities (Draft Standard October 2020 edition), issued by the Committee of Transport
Officials which the tenderer shall obtain himself. (See Note 2 below).
- SANS 1200: Standardised Specifications for Civil Engineering Construction (1990,
including later editions and amendments).
- SANS 10098-1:2007 or as per latest amendments for South African National Roads
Standard public lighting.
- SANS 60598-1:2014 Edition 6 IEC 60598-1:2014 General requirements and tests on
lights.
- SANS 10142-1 and SANS 10142-2 Part 2: Medium-voltage installations above 1 kV
a.c. not exceeding 22 kV a.c. and up to and including 3 MVA installed capacity.

Volume 3: The Project Document, containing the tender notice, Conditions of Tender, Tender Data,
Returnable Schedules, general and particular conditions of contract, project specifications,
Pricing Schedule, Form of offer and Project Information is issued by the Employer (see
note 3 below). The Employer’s Form of Acceptance and any correspondence from the
selected tenderer, performance security-demand guarantee, and all addenda issued during
the period of tender will also form part of this volume once a successful tenderer has been
appointed.

The conditions of tender are the standard conditions of tender as contained in Annex C of
the CIDB Standard for Uniformity in Engineering and Construction Works Contracts
(August 2019), which the tenderer shall purchase himself.

Volume 4: The road works drawings.

Volume 5: The structural drawings.

Volume 6: Materials investigation and utilisation.

Volume 7: Environmental Management Plan report.

PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021

Notes to tenderer:

1. Volume 1 is obtainable from CESA, P. O. Box 68482, Bryanston, 2021. Tel: (011) 463 2022
Fax: (011) 463 7383, e-mail: [email protected].

2. Volume 2 is obtainable from SANRAL and can be downloaded free of charge from the
SANRAL‘s website WWW.nra.co.za.

3. Volume 3 is issued at tender stage in electronic format downloaded from the SANRAL’s
website

The link contains the following files:

- The full Project Document in .pdf format (excluding the standard conditions of tender)
- The returnable forms in word format
- The pricing data in Excel format

The standard conditions of tender contained in Annex C of the CIDB Standard for
Uniformity in Engineering and Construction Works Contracts (August 2019) is obtainable
from the Construction Industry Development Board (CIDB) website:
http://www.cidb.org.za/News/Documents/Standard%20for%20Uniformity%20August%202
019.pdf.

At contract stage Volume 3 will be a bound signed paper copy containing the following
documents:
- Returnable schedules relevant to the project
- Agreements and Contract Data
- Pricing Data
- Scope of Work
- Project Information

4. SUBMISSION OF TENDER – Of the contract documents, only the following elements of

Volume 3 needs to be submitted in printed and bound hard copy and electronically on
flash drive marked “Postulated (followed by the Tenderer name)” in a sealed envelope, in
the following order:
- Form of Offer (signed and scanned as .pdf and hard copy);
- All returnable schedules and attachments and certificates (signed and scanned as .pdf
and hard copy);
- Completed pricing schedule (scanned copy in .pdf and copy in Excel and hard copy).

Information provided by a tenderer over and above the above elements of Volume 3 shall
be treated as information only and will only be bound into the document if the tenderer
notes on Form A4: Schedule of Variations or deviations that the information has a bearing
on the tender price.

5. For alternative offers the tenderer shall submit the following additional documentation, in
printed and bound hard copy and electronically in a separate flash drive marked
“Alternative (followed by the Tenderer name)” in a sealed envelope in the following order:
- Form of Offer (signed and scanned as .pdf and hard copy and state “Alternative Form
of Offer”);
- All returnable schedules and attachments and certificates applicable to the alternative
offer (signed and scanned as .pdf and hard copy);
- Alternative Pricing Schedule (scanned copy in .pdf and copy in Excel and hard copy);
- Other relevant information.

PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021

TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE

PART C2: PRICING DATA .................................................................................................. C2-1

PART C3: SCOPE OF WORKS .......................................................................................... C3-1
PART C4: PROJECT INFORMATION ................................................................................ C4-1

PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021

__________________________________________________________________________________

PART C2: PRICING DATA

__________________________________________________________________________________

C2-1
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
PART C2: PRICING DATA

TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE

C2.1 PRICING INSTRUCTIONS ....................................................................................... C2-3

C2.2 PRICING SCHEDULE (INCORPORATING SBD3).................................................. C2-5
C2.3 SUMMARY OF PRICING SCHEDULE .................................................................. C2-11

C2-2
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
C2.1 PRICING INSTRUCTIONS

C2.1.1 Measurement and payment shall be in accordance with the relevant provisions of
Chapter 1, Section C1.1 of the COTO Standard Specification for Road and Bridge
Works for South African Road Authorities (Draft Standard October 2020 edition) or as
amended in the Scope of Works.

C2.1.2 The units of measurement described in the Pricing Schedule are metric units.
Abbreviations used in the Pricing Schedule are as follows:

% = percent
h = hour
ha = hectare
kg = kilogram
kl = kilolitre
km = kilometre
km-pass = kilometre-pass
kPa = kilopascal
kW = kilowatt
l = litre
m = metre
mm = millimetre
m2 = square metre
m2-pass = square metre-pass
m3 = cubic metre
m3-km = cubic metre-kilometre
MN = meganewton
MN.m = meganewton-metre
MPa = megapascal
No. = number
Prov sum = Provisional sum
PC Sum = Prime Cost sum
R/only = Rate only
sum = lump sum
t = ton (1000kg)
W/day = Work day

C2.1.3 For the purpose of the Pricing Schedule, the following words shall have the meanings
assigned to them:

Unit: The unit of measurement for each item of work as defined in the
COTO Standard Specification for Road and Bridge Works for
South African Road Authorities (Draft Standard October 2020
edition).

Quantity: The number of units of work for each item.

Rate: The payment per unit of work for which the Service Provider
tenders to do the work.

Amount: The product of the quantity and the rate tendered for an item.

C2.1.4 Unless otherwise stated, items are measured net in accordance with the drawings, and
no allowance is made for waste.

C2.1.5 It will be assumed that prices included in the Pricing Schedule are based on Acts,
Ordinances, Regulations, By-laws, International Standards and National Standards that
were published 28 days before the closing date for tenders. (Refer to www.sabs.co.za
for information standards)

C2-3
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
C2.1.6 The prices and rates in the Pricing Schedule are fully inclusive prices for the work
described under the items. Such prices and rates cover all costs and expenses that
may be required in and for the execution of the work described in accordance with the
provisions of the Scope of Work, and shall cover the cost of all general risks, liabilities
and obligations set forth or implied in the Contract Data, as well as overhead charges
and profit. These prices will be used as a basis for assessment of payment for additional
work that may have to be carried out. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer within
28 days after the Commencement Date a full breakdown of all rates. The rates are to
be clearly referenced to the relevant payitem numbers, with each rate broken down into
its labour, materials, plant, fuel, overhead charges and profit components.

C2.1.7 Where the Scope of Work requires detailed drawings and designs or other information
to be provided, all costs associated therewith are deemed to have been provided for
and included in the unit rates and sum amount tendered such items.

C2.1.8 A single lump sum will apply should a number of items be grouped together for pricing
purposes.

C2.1.9 The quantities set out in the Pricing Schedule are approximate and do not necessarily
represent the actual amount of work to be done. The quantities of work accepted and
certified for payment will be used for determining payments due and not the quantities
given in the Pricing Schedule.

C2.1.10 Reasonable compensation will be received where no payitem appears in the Pricing
Schedule in respect of work required in terms of the Contract and which is not covered
in any other payitem.

C2.1.11 The short descriptions of the items of payment given in the Pricing Schedule are only
for the purposes of identifying the items. More details regarding the extent of the work
entailed under each item appear in the Scope of Work.

C2.1.12 The item numbers appearing in the Pricing Schedule refer to the corresponding item
numbers in the COTO Standard Specification for Road and Bridge Works for South
African Road Authorities (Draft Standard October 2020 edition). Where a standard
COTO payitem is amended or a new payitem added, the item number is preceded by
the letter “P” in the Pricing Schedule.

C2.1.13 The pricing schedules are provided electronically. A printout of the entire completed
pricing schedule must be signed and scanned and saved in .pdf format, and an
electronic copy of the priced pricing schedule must be saved in Excel format and the
printed copy bound. In the event of any discrepancy between the signed .pdf copy, and
the electronically submitted copy in Excel format and the printed hard copy, the tender
rates in the printed hard copy will govern. The item numbers and description of the
printed hard copy document will govern. For all addenda issued relating to the pricing
schedule, the item numbers, description and quantities of the issued document will
govern.

C2-4
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
C2.2 PRICING SCHEDULE (INCORPORATING SBD3)

C2-5
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 SCHEDULE A

ROADWORKS

C2-6
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 SCHEDULE B

BRIDGES

C2-7
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 SCHEDULE C

CULVERTS

C2-8
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 SCHEDULE D

BRIDGES

C2-9
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 CALCULATION OF TENDER SUM

C2-10
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
C2.3 SUMMARY OF PRICING SCHEDULE

SCHEDULE A1: ROADWORKS..................................... R ...............................................................

SCHEDULE B: BRIDGES ............................................ R .............................................................. .

SCHEDULE C1: CULVERT C0733 at km 26.575 .......... R .............................................................. .

SCHEDULE C2: CULVERT C0734 at km 26.668 .......... R ...............................................................

SCHEDULE C3: UNDERPASS C0732 at km 27.575..... R ...............................................................

SCHEDULE D: STAKEHOLDER AND COMMUNITY LIAISON, TARGETED LABOUR TARGETED

ENTERPRISES UTILISATION AND DEVELOPMENT ..... R ...............................................................

SUBTOTAL A ............................................................. R ...............................................................

CONTRACT SKILLS DEVELOPMENT GOAL:

0.25% of Subtotal A............................................................ R ...............................................................

SUBTOTAL B ............................................................. R ...............................................................

VALUE ADDED TAX:

15% of Subtotal ............................................................ R ...............................................................

__________________________________________________________________________________

TOTAL CARRIED TO C.1.1.1: FORM OF OFFER R ...............................................................

__________________________________________________________________________________

SIGNED BY TENDERER: .........................................................................................................................

C2-11
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
__________________________________________________________________________________

PART C3: SCOPE OF WORKS

__________________________________________________________________________________

C3-1
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
PART C3: SCOPE OF WORKS

TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE

SECTION A1: STANDARD AMENDMENTS ISSUED BY COTO ............................................. C3-3

SECTION A2: PROJECT SPECIFICATION AMENDMENTS TO THE COTO STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................................................. C3-4
SECTION B: SPECIFICATION DATA .................................................................................... C3-23
SECTION C: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ..................................................... C3-44
SECTION D: STAKEHOLDER AND COMMUNITY LIAISON, AND TARGETED LABOUR AND
TARGETED ENTERPRISES UTILISATION AND DEVELOPMENT ............... C3-66
SECTION E: REQUIREMENTS OF THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT AND
REGULATIONS .............................................................................................. C3-108
SECTION F: STREET LIGHTING ........................................................................................ C3-141

C3-2
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL ROADS AGENCY SOC LIMITED

CONTRACT SANRAL R335-010-2017/1

FOR THE IMPROVEMENT OF NATIONAL ROUTE R335 FROM MOTHERWELL (KM 5.16) TO
ADDO TOWN (KM 37.16)
PHASE 1: KM 5.16 TO KM 27.5

SECTION A1: STANDARD AMENDMENTS ISSUED BY COTO

Notes to tenderer:
1. The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Works for South African Road
Authorities (Draft Standard October 2020 edition) prepared by the Committee of Transport
Officials, (COTO), as amended, shall apply to this contract. The amendments are those
issued by COTO and reproduced in Section A1, together with additional amendments as
set out in Section A2 and Project specific Specification Data as set out in Section B.

As at JULY 2022 no amendments have been issued.by COTO.

C3-3
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL ROADS AGENCY SOC LIMITED

CONTRACT SANRAL R335-010-2017/1

FOR THE IMPROVEMENT OF NATIONAL ROUTE R335 FROM MOTHERWELL (KM 5.16) TO
ADDO TOWN (KM 37.16)
PHASE 1: KM 5.16 TO KM 27.5

SECTION A2: PROJECT SPECIFICATION AMENDMENTS TO THE COTO STANDARD

SPECIFICATIONS

Notes to tenderer:
1. This Section A2 contains amendments to the Standard Specification, including additional
clauses, amendment to clauses or deletion of clauses and specifications, required for this
particular contract. Where the Standard Specifications allow a choice to be specified in the
Contract Documentation or Project Specifications, between alternative materials or
methods of construction, and for additional requirements to be specified to suit a
particular contract, these selections are not made in this Section A2. Details of such
alternatives or additional requirements applicable to this contract are contained in
Section B: Specification Data. Section B also contains project specific sections for
Sections C, D and E.

2. The number of each clause and each payment item in this part of the project specifications
follows the numbering format of the standard specifications.

C3-4
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
SECTION B: PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE

COTO CHAPTER 1: GENERAL ..................................................................................................... C3-6

COTO CHAPTER 2: SERVICES .................................................................................................. C3-10
COTO CHAPTER 3: DRAINAGE ................................................................................................. C3-12
COTO CHAPTER 4: EARTHWORKS AND PAVEMENT LAYERS: MATERIALS ..................... C3-13
COTO CHAPTER 5: EARTHWORKS AND PAVEMENT LAYERS: CONSTRUCTION ............. C3-14
COTO CHAPTER 8: PRETREATMENT AND REPAIR OF EXISTING LAYERS ....................... C3-15
COTO CHAPTER 9: ASPHALT LAYERS.................................................................................... C3-16
COTO CHAPTER 10: SURFACE TREATMENTS ....................................................................... C3-17
COTO CHAPTER 11: ANCILLARY ROAD WORKS ................................................................... C3-18
COTO CHAPTER 13: STRUCTURES.......................................................................................... C3-19
COTO CHAPTER 14: REPAIR AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES ............................ C3-20
COTO CHAPTER 20: QUALITY ASSURANCE .......................................................................... C3-21

C3-5
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 1: GENERAL

SECTION 1.1: GENERAL PREAMBLE

PART C: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

C1.1.3 PAYMENT

C1.1.3.5 Payment for materials on the Site

In the last sentence of the 1st paragraph, delete the following:

“, or, in the case of crushed stone which has not been purchased but has been produced
on the site, at 80% of a fair evaluation of such crushed material”.

Add the following new subclauses:

"C1.1.3.9 Reduced payments for substandard work

Where provision for reduced payments for sub-standard work is made in the Contract
Documentation, acceptance of reduce payment for substandard work may be accepted
by the Engineer subject to prior approval by the Employer.

C1.1.3.10 Procurement of sub-services and omitted rates (Second tier

procurement)

Second tier procurement include the procurement of any work where either the particulars
of the work is not scheduled and priced, or where the process of procurement of the sub-
service provider is specified elsewhere in the contract specification. It includes the
procurement of work where rates have been omitted or where allowance for the work is
made under a Provisional sum or Prime sum item or where allowance for the work is made
under a Provisional sum or Prime sum item but the particulars of the work is not scheduled,
or where work is instructed under clause 13[Variations and Adjustments] or where work is
to be performed by Targeted Enterprises.

The following procurement methods is to be followed as appropriate:

a) Where the particulars of the work is not scheduled but existing rates for similar
work exist in the contract and the work can therefore be executed by the
contractor or his sub-contractor at the existing contract rates.

No separate procurement process is required. The work is to be quantified and

scheduled utilising existing rates and approved through the Works Authorisation
process.

b) Where the payment calculation is based on a formula specified in the contract

document, or
where the payment rate is pre-determined or fixed by the client.

No separate procurement process is required. The work is to be quantified and

approved through the Works Authorisation process.

c) Where the supplier is not selected by the contractor and actual cost is
reimbursable and no procurement process is possible.

No separate procurement process is required. The work is invoiced by supplier on

completion and approved through the Works Authorisation process at the end of the
contract.

d) Where there are omitted items as part of the existing scheduled scope of work
and no existing rates for similar work exist in the contract, or

C3-6
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 where there are no existing rates for the materials to be supplied and suitable
rates for material to be determined.

A proposal for a new rate shall be submitted by the contractor and evaluated by the
engineer, by comparing with either adjusted relevant rates in the contract, or by
comparing with similar rates on similar contracts, or by comparing three informal
quotes to substantiate the rate. The new agreed rate is approved through the Works
Authorisation process.

e) Where the particulars of the work is not scheduled and the estimated cost of
the work (including VAT and excluding Contract Price Adjustment) is equal or
less than R1 000,000.00 and there are no existing rates for similar work and
the contractor’s proposal submitted in terms of FIDIC Variation 13.1 is not
accepted and the work is to be performed by a sub-contractor.

A minimum of three quotations shall be obtained from Targeted Enterprises (as

defined in Section D1000). The following is the minimum requirements for this
process:
- Prequalification for BEE level 1 or 2 and EME or QSE (Approval to deviate
must be granted by the Employer, based on market research)
- Quotation to include form of quotation, CSD registration, CIDB (where
applicable),

A Works Authorisation shall be approved prior to execution of the work.

f) Where the particulars of the work is not scheduled and the estimated cost of
the work is more than R1 000,000.00 (including VAT and excluding Contract
Price Adjustment) and there are no existing rates for similar work and the
contractor’s proposal submitted in terms of FIDIC Variation 13.1 is not
accepted and the work is to be performed by a sub-contractor.

The work is to be procured through a tender process. The following is the minimum
requirements for this process:
- Prequalification for BEE level 1 or 2 and EME or QSE (Approval to deviate
must be granted by the Employer, based on market research)
- Tenders to close at the relevant site offices at a specific date and time
- Tender documents to include form of Offer, CSD registration, Tax compliance,
CIDB (where applicable), SBD1, SBD 4, SBD 8, SBD 9, SBD 6.2, BEE
certificate, Form A2.2
- Tenders to be evaluated on price and preference
- Evaluation by contractor for review by engineer

A Works Authorisation shall be approved prior to execution of the work.

g) Where the particulars of the work is identified by the contractor to be

performed by subcontractors who are Targeted Enterprises to form part of the
specified Contract Participation Goals for Targeted Enterprises.

The work is to be procured as per the process specified in clause D1007.

h) Where the work is unforeseen, urgent and the relevant procurement method
as indicated above will result in a delay to the contract and payment for a claim
for extension of time and/or cost, or
where the above procurement methods are not applicable or cannot fully be
complied with.

The Employer will determine the most appropriate procurement process to be

followed and approved through the Works Authorisation process.”

SECTION 1.2: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND PROVISIONS

C3-7
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
PART A: SPECIFICATIONS

A1.2.3 GENERAL

A1.2.3.15 Routine maintenance

Add the following new subclause:

"A1.2.3.24 Reference Manuals, other specifications and test methods

In various chapters of this Standard Specification, reference is made to Manuals, other

specifications and test methods. If not otherwise indicated in the Contract Documentation,
the latest published Manual, other specification and test methods at time of close of tender
will apply. Any changes to be implemented on a project as a result of revisions to manuals,
other specifications and test methods, will be handled in terms of the Conditions of
Contract.

Certain TRH and TMH documents are published as Manuals/TRH or Manuals/TMH

publications. Where reference is made to the TRH or TMH document, it shall be read as
referring to the latest version of the Manual/TRH publication or Manual/TMH publication,
respectively.”

A1.2.7 EXECUTION OF THE WORKS

A1.2.7.1 Programme of work

a) General

Add the following new paragraphs:

“The contractor shall note that the examination of a road with a view to rehabilitation is
normally undertaken a considerable period of time before the commencement of the
contract, and that conditions may subsequently change. The engineer will make further
examinations during the period of contract, and, depending on the results of such
examinations, the quantities of any items of work may be drastically increased or
decreased.

The contractor shall base his initial programme for road rehabilitation on the scope of the
work as described in the project specifications on the quantities contained in the Pricing
Schedule (Part C2).”

PART C: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Add the following new pay item:

“Item Unit

C1.2.10 Dispute Adjudication Board (DAB)

C1.2.10.1 Employer’s contribution to DAB (50%) ...........................prime cost (PC) sum”

SECTION 1.3: CONTRACTOR’S SITE ESTABLISHMENT AND GENERAL OBLIGATIONS

PART C: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Item Unit

C1.3.1 The Contractor's general obligations

Delete subitem C1.3.1.3 and replace with the following:

“C1.3.1.3 Time related obligations:

C3-8
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 a) Mobilisation period ...................................................................... month
b) Execution of the works .............................................................. month”

Add the following pay subitems:

“C1.3.1.4 Suspension Cost

a) De-establishment ..................................................................... Number
b) Re-establishment ...................................................................... Number
c) Suspension period ...................................................................... month
d) Engineer’s cost ............................................ prime cost sum (PC) sum

Under the heading “Item C1.3.1.3”, delete the 2nd paragraph and replace with the
following:

“The contract rate shall include full compensation for that part of the Contractor's general
obligations which are mainly a function of construction time. The contract rate shall be
deemed to include, hire costs or cost of ownership or minimum hourly charges (standing
time costs) per month for Contractor’s Equipment The contract rate will be paid monthly,
pro rata for parts of a month, from the Commencement Date in terms of the Contract
Documentation until the end of the Mobilisation Period for item C1.3.1.3(a). For item
C1.3.1.3(b) the contract rate will be paid monthly, pro rata for parts of a month, from the
end of Mobilisation Period until the end of the original Contract Period specified for
completion of the Works.”

Add the following new paragraphs:

“Item C1.3.1.4

The rates tendered under subitem C1.3.1.4 shall represent full compensation for all Costs
for Suspension of Work and all Costs during Suspension of Works as per amended
Condition of Contract clause 8.9.

Payment of subitems C1.3.1.4(a) and C1.3.1.4(b) shall be made for the number of de-
establishments and re-establishments of all Personnel and Goods (Contractor’s
Equipment, Materials, Plant and Temporary Works) as instructed by the Engineer.
Payment of subitems C1.3.1.4(a) and C1.3.1.4(b) shall not apply during the Mobilisation
Period.

Payment of subitem C1.3.1.4(c) shall be made monthly, pro rata for parts of a month, from
the date on which the Contractor has suspended progress of all of the Works in terms of
Conditions of Contract clause 8.8 and commenced with de-establishment of the site, until
permission or instruction to proceed in terms of Conditions of Contract clause 8.12 is given.
Payment of subitem C1.3.1.4(c) shall not apply during the Mobilisation Period.

The Prime Sum in subitem C1.3.1.4(d) is provided to cover the cost of the Engineer during
the period of suspension of the works. The amounts certified by the Employer shall be
made to the Engineer, within 30 days of it being certified by the Employer.”

SECTION 1.4: FACILITIES FOR THE ENGINEER

PART A: SPECIFICATIONS

A1.4.3 GENERAL

In the last sentence of the 7th paragraph delete: “not later than six weeks after the Contract
commencement date” and replace with: “not later than the end of the Mobilisation period
as defined in sub-clause 8.1 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract”

C3-9
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 2: SERVICES

SECTION 2.1: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND TRENCHING FOR SERVICES

PART A: SPECIFICATION

A2.1.3 GENERAL

A2.1.3.2 Location, identification, protection and relocation of existing services

b) Location of existing services

The lead times required to make the necessary arrangements for the protection, removal
or relocation of services which the Contractor shall allow are as follows:

i) Lifting or relocation of Telkom and Electrical lines:

• 11 months made up as follows
• 3 months to locate and confirm positions
• 2 months to prepare and submit wayleave application
• 6 months for wayleave approval
ii) Wayleave applications for ducting for large diameter watermains crossing the road:
• 11 months made up as follows
• 1 month to locate and confirm positions
• 2 months to prepare and submit wayleave application
• 6 months for wayleave approval

All known services on the site, including those requiring removal, realignment, temporary
replacement or raising are indicated within Tables A2.1.3/1 /1A, B, C and D below.

Table A2.1.3/1A Water infrastructure along the route

start End SERVICE SERVICE DESCRIPTION ACTION
OWNER REQUIRED
(km) (km)
8.8 8.8 Water NMBMM 1 .3 m diameter Construct new
steel pipeline duct for road
crossing
14.7 14.7 Water NMBMM 1 .3 m diameter Construct new
steel pipeline duct for road
crossing at km
14.7
27.8 30.3 Water NMBMM 0.8 m diameter Construct new
steel pipeline duct for road
crossing at km
30.3

C3-10
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Table A2.1.3/1B Telkom and Electrical lines crossing farm intersections

Table A2.1.3/1C Telkom and Electrical along the length of the R335

Table A2.1.3/1D Telkom and Electrical crossing the R335

C3-11
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 3: DRAINAGE

There are no amendments to this Chapter

C3-12
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 4: EARTHWORKS AND PAVEMENT LAYERS: MATERIALS

There are no amendments to this Chapter

C3-13
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 5: EARTHWORKS AND PAVEMENT LAYERS: CONSTRUCTION

PART A: SPECIFICATION

A5.3.8 WORKMANSHIP

A5.3.8.5 Surface regularity

Add the following to the 1st paragraph:

“The surface regularity shall be assessed on the final prepared layer after all excess fines
have been swept off the surface.”

c) By using a profiler

In the paragraph following Table A3.5.8--6, delete the following: " for payment items ***
_________________ “, and replace with the following: “for payment items as specified in
the Contract Documentation”.

C3-14
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 8: PRETREATMENT AND REPAIR OF EXISTING LAYERS

SECTION 8.1: PRIME COAT

PART A: SPECIFICATION

A8.1.5 MATERIALS

A8.1.5.1 Bituminous material

In Table A8.1.5-1 Delete “the excavated area” in the table caption and heading.

A8.1.8 WORKMANSHIP

A8.1.8.2 Testing

Replace the last sentence of the 1st paragraph with the following: “Unless agreed in
advance and in writing, the Contractor shall only spray when the Engineer’s representative
is present.”

C3-15
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 9: ASPHALT LAYERS

There are no amendments to this Chapter

C3-16
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 10: SURFACE TREATMENTS

SECTION 10.1: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SURFACE TREATMENTS

PART D: GUARANTEES AND COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES

D10.1.5 VISUALLY ASSESSED PROPERTIES

D10.1.5.4 Acceptance criteria

In note 3 below Table D10.1.5-3, delete “May 2016” and replace with “Latest version”.

C3-17
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 11: ANCILLARY ROAD WORKS

SECTION 11.4: ROAD RESTRAINT SYSTEMS

PART C: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Item Unit

C11.4.2 Performance based vehicle restraint systems

Where the Concrete barrier system is utilised as temporary restraint systems for Traffic
Accommodation and scheduled under C1.5 in the Pricing Schedule, the unit of measure
shall be metre.month.

C3-18
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 13: STRUCTURES

SECTION 13.4: CONCRETE

PART A: SPECIFICATION

A13.4.2 DEFINITIONS

Fresh phase of concrete

Add the following at the end of the definition of “Fresh phase of concrete”:

“This is also known as the plastic phase.”.

Add the following definition between “Fresh phase of concrete” and “Hardened phase of
concrete”:

“Hydration or curing phase – this is concrete that is no longer a semi-liquid but has not
yet reached a solid state.”

A13.4.7 EXECUTION OF THE WORKS

A13.4.7.12 Placing and Compaction

b) Placing

Delete the 3rd sentence of the 1st paragraph and replace with the following:

“The Contractor shall not be permitted to pour unless the specific method statement for that
pour has been accepted by the Engineer.”

SECTION 13.8:ANCILLARY STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS

PART C: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Item Unit

C13.8.18 CULVERT JOINT PROTECTION PLATES

C13.8.18.1 (Description of joint cover plate with drawing number) metre(m)

The unit of measurement shall be the metre of joint cover plate provided as specified on
the drawings. The tender rate shall include full compensation for supplying (galvanizing),
installing, labour and all incidentals required for installing the cover plates as specified.

C3-19
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 14: REPAIR AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES

There are no amendments to this Chapter

C3-20
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 20: QUALITY ASSURANCE

SECTION 20.1: TESTING MATERIALS AND JUDGEMENT OF WORKMANSHIP

PART A: SPECIFICATION

A20.1.2 DEFINITIONS

Independent site laboratory

In the definition of “Independent site laboratory”, add the following:

“Independent Site laboratory in COTO is equivalent to the combined laboratory in the

Employer documentation”

A20.1.4 PUBLISHED TEST METHODS

A20.1.4.7 Testing of bituminous binders

Replace: “SABITA PG1 –Series on modified binders “ with:

“SABITA TG1 –Series on modified binders “.

A20.1.7 ACCEPTANCE CONTROL BY STATISTICAL JUDGEMENT PRINCIPLES

A20.1.7.2 Taking samples

a) Stratified random sampling

Add the following new paragraph:

“Where the SARDS Laboratory module is used, the sampling locations must be as per the
software. The Engineer may specify additional sampling locations.”

b) Minimum samples per lot

Add the following new paragraph:

“Where the SARDS Laboratory module is used, the number of samples per lot must be as
per the software, as a minimum. The Engineer may specify additional numbers of samples.
The Number of samples must be sufficient to meet the requirements of TMH5.”

PART C: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

C20.1.5 Financial contribution for an independent laboratory

Replace reference to: “Independent laboratory” with: “Independent site laboratory“.

Add the following new pay item:

“Item Unit

C20.1.6 Payment of independent site laboratory

C20.1.6.1 Direct payment by contractor ......................................... prime cost (PC) sum

a) Handling cost and profit in respect of item C20.1.6.1 ... percentage (%)

The contractor shall pay the appointed site laboratory monthly for the amount as certified
by the Engineer.

The charge or mark-up tendered or allowed for is a percentage of the amount actually paid
under the prime cost item. The percentage shall cover all the Contractors’ sourcing,

C3-21
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 handling, profit, and payment of the service provider in providing the services. The
Contractor shall forfeit his mark-up when the service provider is not paid in time.”

C3-22
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL ROADS AGENCY SOC LIMITED

CONTRACT SANRAL R335-010-2017/1

FOR THE IMPROVEMENT OF NATIONAL ROUTE R335 FROM MOTHERWELL (KM 5.16) TO
ADDO TOWN (KM 37.16)
PHASE 1: KM 5.16 TO KM 27.5

SECTION B: SPECIFICATION DATA

Notes to tenderer:
1. In certain clauses, the Standard Specifications allow a choice to be specified in the
Contract Documentation or Project Specifications between alternative materials or
methods of construction and for additional requirements to be specified to suit a particular
contract. Details of such alternatives or additional requirements applicable to this contract
are contained in this Section B: Specification Data.

2. The number of each clause and each payment item in this part of the project specifications
follows the numbering format of the COTO standard specifications.

C3-23
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 1: GENERAL

CH SEC CL SUB-CLAUSE SPECIFICATION DATA

1 GENERAL
A1.1 GENERAL PREAMBLE

A1.1.2 DEFINITIONS

Conditions of Contract The Conditions of Contract for Construction for

Building and Engineering Works designed by the
Employer as published by the International
Federation of Consulting Engineers First Edition
1999, shall apply.
Site / Site of the Works The limits of construction is provided in Section
C4.1
C1.1 GENERAL PREAMBLE
A1.2 GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS AND
PROVISIONS
A1.2.3 GENERAL
A1.2.3.3 Environmental The requirements of the Environmental
management Management Plan (EMPl) are indicated in
Section C.
A1.2.3.4 Extension of
time for delays caused
by rainfall
c) Method 3 (Critical Method 3 (Critical path method without
path method without consequential delays) is specified. The value of
consequential delays) “N” = 88
In calculations of payment for approved
extensions of time granted for delays caused by
rainfall, payment will be made utilising the
applicable payment items for which the unit of
measurement is "month" but excluding payment
items with negative rates and non-applicable
payment items such as pay item C1.3.1.4.
A1.2.3.5 Handing-over The conditions for handing-over of the Site of
of the Site of the Works the Works are as follows:
a) Sequence
3 month Mobilisation period during which the
DOL permit application will be submitted and
The Mobilisation Period shall only be
concluded once the DOL permit is received
and CPG Plan has been accepted and all
associated duties above have been
executed to the satisfaction of, the Employer
and the Engineer.
Thereafter the contract can commence with
setting out of the works, site establishment
and construction of temporary deviations.

b) Temporary deviations
Allowance has been made for 6km of
temporary deviations to be constructed at
structures and intersections.

c) Half or partial width sections

C3-24
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 CH SEC CL SUB-CLAUSE SPECIFICATION DATA

13km of the road will be subject to temporary

wideing in order to retain 2 way traffic
(accommodation).

d) Unrestricted sections
Approximately 20 km of the road will be
constructed using an offset alignment,
whereby traffic is retained on the existing
road while the first half of the new road is
constructed. Refer to Section C4 for more
detail.

e) Routine Maintenance
The Contractor shall take over the
maintenance responsibility on the date of
Access to site but may liaise with the routine
maintenance contractor by arranging a
transition period immediately after the
Access to site to allow sufficient time to
muster his resources required for routine
maintenance of the road. However, the
transition period may not extend beyond the
end of the Mobilisation Period defined in
sub-clause 8.1 of the FIDIC Conditions of
Contract and C1.2.2 Contract Data.

f) Other
None
A1.2.3.9 Monthly Other information to be included in monthly
reports progress reports are as follows:
a) Information as required in terms of
Conditions of Contract Clause 4.21
b) Aerial progress footage (images and video)
A1.2.3.10 Notices, Details of the contract sign board is provided in
signs and Drawing J27218/TD-R-RS-1300
advertisements
A1.2.3.12 Ownership of The Non-usable assets to be disposed by the
assets and disposal of Contractor is listed in the following disposal plan:
non-usable assets
Disposal plan
Asset Estimated Disposal
description quantity requirement
Guardrails 5000m RRM Yard

A1.2.3.13 Prevention of Structures that could be affected by excessive

damage to nearby ground vibrations are listed in the following
properties and table:
services
Structure Type Location
+-80No Low Cost Km5.4 to
Houses and (quality) km6.1 LHS
outbuildings Housing

C3-25
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 CH SEC CL SUB-CLAUSE SPECIFICATION DATA

A1.2.3.18 Stakeholder Additional requirements related to structured

liaison engagement with project Stakeholders and
affected Communities, as well as guidance on
the selection and the enhanced utilisation and
development of Targeted Labour and Targeted
Enterprises is provided in Section D1000.

A1.2.3.20 Road safety A Work zone traffic management audit as well

audits as a Pre-opening stage road safety audit, shall
be carried out.
A1.2.3.22 The Contractor shall be responsible for applying
Wayleaves/Agreements for the following wayleaves:
and Permits • Telkom
• Fibre
• Water
• Power
A1.2.7 EXECUTION OF THE
WORKS
A1.2.7.1 Programme of
work
a) General A scheme 2 programme shall apply.

b) Scheme 2 The programme shall be drawn up or be

compatible with MS Project

Additional schedules, other than required in

terms of Conditions of Contract Clause 8.3, to
be provided are: not-applicable
A1.2.7.4 Work on, over, Refer to Section A2.1.3.2 Location,
under or adjacent to identification, protection and relocation of
utilities existing services. Wayleaves must be obtained
prior to commencing with works adjacent to
services.
A1.3 CONTRACTOR’S SITE
ESTABLISHMENT AND
GENERAL
OBLIGATIONS
A1.3.3 GENERAL
A1.3.3.1 Construction The Contractor is to make his own
camps arrangements for a site camp as stipulated in
this clause.
A1.4 FACILITIES FOR THE
ENGINEER
A1.4.3 GENERAL The contractor shall liaise with the engineer to
finalise details of the site offices once the
contractor has proposed a site camp.
A1.4.7 EXECUTION OF THE
WORKS
A1.4.7.1 Offices and
laboratories
a) General The site laboratory shall be supplied with three-
phase electricity.
b) Offices As per specifications
c) Laboratories Details of the site laboratory layout to be
provided to the successful contractor.
f) Ablution unit As per specifications
A1.4.7.2 Housing

C3-26
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 CH SEC CL SUB-CLAUSE SPECIFICATION DATA

a) Prefabricated Not required

houses
A1.4.7.3 Services
b) Water, electricity A standby generator shall be provided on site.
and gas
A1.4.7.5 Office staff An office secretary is to be provided
A1.5 ACCOMMODATION OF
TRAFFIC
A1.5.3 GENERAL
A1.5.7 EXECUTION OF THE
WORKS
A1.5.7.3 The length of the half or partial width
Accommodation of construction sections where the traffic can only
traffic where the road pass in one direction at a time shall not exceed
is constructed in half 1 km.
or partial widths
The number of one-way sections under
construction at any one time shall not exceed 2
No. Stop/go’s will only be allowed for a
maximum of 48 hours.

No STOP / GO one-way traffic sections shall be

in operation and two-way traffic shall be
accommodated safely within the contract limits
during the following additional periods: Refer to
Clause A8.3(m)
A1.5.7.6 Maintenance All existing roads used as detours by public
of existing roads used traffic, and/or by the Contractor’s vehicles, for
as detours bypassing the Site of the Works are to be
maintained by the Contractor.
A1.5.7.10 Construction
of temporary
deviations
d) Earthworks and Refer to Pay Items under C1.5.4/C5.3.2,
pavement layers for C1.5.4/C5.4.2 and C1.5.4/C5.4.5 in the schedule
temporary deviations of quantities
e) Surfacing of Refer to Pay Items under C1.5.4/C8.1.1 and
temporary deviations C1.5.4/C10.1.22 in the schedule of quantities
A1.6 CLEARING AND
GRUBBING
A1.6.7 EXECUTION OF THE
WORKS
A1.6.7.2 Clearing No significant trees or vegetation on site
A1.7 LOADING AND
HAULING
A1.7.7 EXECUTION OF THE The Contractor must provide the Engineer with
WORKS the certified carrying capacity of each vehicle
before any construction materials can be
transported.

C3-27
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 2: SERVICES

CH SEC CL SUB-CLAUSE SPECIFICATION DATA

2 SERVICES
A2.1 GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS AND
TRENCHING FOR
SERVICES
A2.1.1 SCOPE
A2.1.1.1 Installation of New Traffic Signals and street lighting will be
new services installed in the urban section between km5.16
and km8.66
A2.1.1.2 Location,
identification, Refer to drawings J27218/US001 to US012 for
protection and existing services.
relocation of existing
services
A2.1.2 DEFINITIONS
A2.1.3 GENERAL
A2.1.3.1 Installation of As per A2.1.1.1 above.
new services
A2.1.3.2 Location,
identification,
protection and
relocation of existing
services
a) Existing as-built Refer to drawings J27218/US001 to US012 for
records existing services
b) Location of existing The contractor will be required to use Ground
services Penetration Radar (GPR) to detect existing
services
d) Protection of
services
(i) Service owners The lead times required to make the
necessary arrangements for the protection,
removal or relocation of services which the
Contractor shall allow are stated in Part A,
Item A2.1.3.2 (b)
A2.1.3.5 Programming
for services
b) Programme and The lead times required to make the
delays necessary arrangements for the protection,
removal or relocation of services which the
Contractor shall allow in his progamme are
stated in Part A, Item A2.1.3.2 (b)
A2.1.3.6 Provision of PLATO registration is not required for site
record drawings and surveyor.
details
A2.1.3.9 Limitations
and restrictions
c) Installation under None
special conditions

C3-28
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 3: DRAINAGE

CH SEC CL SUB-CLAUSE SPECIFICATION DATA

3 DRAINAGE
A3.1 DRAINS
A3.1.5 MATERIALS
A3.1.5.2 Subsoil 110 mm OD slotted HDPE pipe for subsoil
Drainage Materials drains and 110mm OD mesh structured
a) Pipes HDPE geopipe for fin drains
A3.1.7 EXECUTION OF THE
WORKS
A3.1.7.4 Subsoil
drainage
a) Construction of
subsoil drainage
systems
(ii) With polymer film Polyethylene sheeting 0,15 mm thick, or
lining to trenches for similar, approved material, for lining subsoil
subsoil drainage drainage systems. Refer to dwg No J27218 /
systems XS003
A3.1.7.5 Manholes, Refer dwgs J27218/TD-D-SD-1002 and 3
outlet structures and
cleaning eyes

A3.2 CULVERTS

C3-29
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 4: EARTHWORKS AND PAVEMENT LAYERS: MATERIALS

CH SEC CL SUB-CLAUSE SPECIFICATION DATA

4 EARTHWORKS AND
PAVEMENT LAYERS:
MATERIALS
A4.1 BORROW MATERIALS
A4.1.3 GENERAL
A4.1.3.1 Employer 4No materials sources have been identified as
identified borrow pits follows:
and quarries 1. PPC borrowpit
2. Borrowpit 2
3. Borrowpit 3
4. Kudu Kloof cutting
A4.1.3.2 Contractor 50% of the selected subgrade 100% of
identified borrow pits subbase material, 100% of the G1 base,
and quarries concrete and surfacing aggregates will be
sourced from commercial sources or
contractor identified quarry or borrow pits.
A4.1.5 MATERIALS
A4.1.5.4 Sand, normal The CBR and swell for depth more than 10m
and coarse fill material shall be as per COTO specification
in the earthworks
layers (Table A4.1.5-2)
A4.1.5.5 Rock fill As per COTO specification
material in the
earthworks layers
A4.1.7 EXECUTION OF
WORKS
A4.1.7.2 Borrow pit
and Quarry operations
a) General control at The contractor shall have a part time materials
the borrow pits and manager on site who shall have at least 10
quarries years experience as a SANAS accredited
senior materials technician.
b) Classes of
excavations
(i) Soft excavation The reference construction equipment shall be
per COTO specification
(iv) Hard excavation The reference construction equipment shall be
a 30Ton excavator fitted with a rock bucket.
C4.1 BORROW MATERIALS
PART C:
MEASUREMENT AND
PAYMENT
C4.1.19 Excavating hard The unit of measurement for excavating,
material producing and the stockpiling of crushed
material shall be per ton
A4.2 CUT MATERIALS
A4.2.7 EXECUTION OF
WORKS
A4.2.7.1 Excavation
operations
a) Control at the The contractor shall have a part time materials
cuttings, designated manager on site who shall have at least 10
excavations and box years experience as a SANAS accredited
cuts senior materials technician.

C3-30
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 CH SEC CL SUB-CLAUSE SPECIFICATION DATA

b) Classes of The reference construction equipment shall be

excavation per COTO specification
A4.3 EXISTING ROAD
MATERIALS
A4.3.3 GENERAL
A4.3.3.1 Employer Refer to Volume 6 for centre line test data and
identified existing road proposed materials utilisation for the project.
materials
A4.3.5 MATERIALS
A4.3.5.2 Reclaimed As the existing road has a seal surface
Asphalt Material asphalt is only expected to be reclaimed from
old patches and such material will be
incorporated in layerworks.
A4.5 ALTERNATIVE
MATERIALS
A4.5.3 GENERAL AThe use of alternative construction materials
will not be permitted.

C3-31
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 5: EARTHWORKS AND PAVEMENT LAYERS: CONSTRUCTION

CH SEC CL SUB-CLAUSE SPECIFICATION DATA

5 EARTHWORKS AND
PAVEMENT LAYERS:
CONSTRUCTION
A5.1 ROADBED
A5.1.2 DEFINITIONS
Batter Batter slopes will be constructed at 1:5 or as
instructed by the engineer, based on site
conditions.
A5.1.3 GENERAL
A5.1.3.1 Roadbed Refer to Volume 6 for details of the materials
material Investigation and geotechnical investigations and laboratory
tests.

Roadbed treatment shall be per engineer’s

instruction, but shall generally consist of three
methods:
1. Remove unsuitable insitu subgrade and
replace with a pioneer layer, to a depth of
600mm or deeper as applicable.
2. Roadbed treatment by ripping or blasting in
hard rock cuttings
3. Where the new pavment is constructed on
top of the existing, the existing pavement
will be scarified and reshaped to form
either the roadbed or top of lower selected.

A5.1.7 EXECUTION OF
WORKS
A5.1.7.3 Normal
roadbed treatment
a) Construction Refer A5.1.3.1 for roadbed treatment
overview
b) Removal of Unsuitable material shall be disposed of to
unsuitable roadbed spoil sites identified by the contractor and
material approved by the ECO.
f) Hard material
(i) In situ treatment by If shales or mudrock is located at a depth of
ripping less than 500mm below roadbed level, it is to
be removed and replaced with a pioneer layer.
C5.1 ROADBED
PART C:
MEASUREMENT AND
PAYMENT
C5.1.13 Construction of a The volume of the levelling layer will be
levelling layer computed as an area with an average
thickness of 150mm.
A5.2 FILL
A5.2.3 GENERAL
A5.2.3.2 Fill adjacent to Refer to Clause C1.1.3.2 b) – No addional
existing fill compensation will be paid for partial width
construction or working in restricted areas.
A5.2.3.3 Fill layer Fill layer thicknesses will be determined by the
thickness engineer in accordance with the type of fill
material being utilised for each section.

C3-32
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 CH SEC CL SUB-CLAUSE SPECIFICATION DATA

A5.2.3.4 Fill compaction

classification
a) MDD compaction
(ii) Normal fill and Coarse 93% of MDD or method spec (eg 8 roller pass)
Fill as applicable. Layer thicknesses will be per
engineers instruction.
(iii) Fill widening 93% of MDD or method spec (eg 8 roller pass)
as applicable.
A5.2.5 MATERIALS
A5.2.7 EXECUTION OF THE
WORKS
A5.2.7.3 Benching for The method of benching shall be per the
fill construction engineer’s instruction.
A5.2.7.4 Widening of In order to obtain sufficient working width for
fills road-building equipment when an existing road
fill is widened, it may be necessary to form
benches that extend beyond the normal road
prism or to cut back into the existing road fill, or
both.
The contractor shall submit his proposals in this
regard to the engineer for approval before
proceeding with such work.
The contractor will be paid in accordance with
the relevant payment items for work required to
obtain a working width of up to 4 m.
Additional work required to provide a working
width in excess of 4 m shall be at the
contractor's expense.
A5.3.5 MATERIALS
A5.3.5.1 Material Refer to Volume 3 Part C4, the Typical Cross
information Section in Volume 4.1 and Volume 6 for
material properties of the earthworks and
layerworks.

A5.3.8 WORKMANSHIP
A5.3.8.5 Surface Riding quality shall be assessed by method c)
regularity – using a profiler
c) By using a profiler The payment items for adjustment shall be:

C5.3.2.1 (aa) G1 crushed stone base layer

(150mm thick) compacted to 88 % of AD
A5.4 STABILISATION
A5.4.5 MATERIALS
A5.4.5.3 Cementitious Cement for stabilising shall comply with the
stabilising agents requirements of SANS 50197. Only extended
common cement (CEM II) with a strength of
class 32.5N shall be permitted

C3-33
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 8: PRETREATMENT AND REPAIR OF EXISTING LAYERS

CH SEC CL SUB-CLAUSE SPECIFICATION DATA

8 PRETREATMENT
AND REPAIR OF
EXISTING
LAYERS
A8.1 PRIME COAT
A8.1.3 GENERAL
A8.1.3.1 Weather The limiting moisture contents for treated layers before
limitations priming shall be 50% of optimum moisture content.

A8.1.5 MATERIALS
A8.1.5.1 The priming material shall be one of the following as
Bituminous specified in Part C: Measurement and Payment:
material - MC -30 cut-back bitumen
MC – 10 cut-back bitumen
- Inverted bitumen emulsion

A8.1.7 EXECUTION OF
THE WORKS
A8.1.7.5 Opening A blinding layer will be instructed by the engineer for
to traffic sections of base that has been primed and will need to be
opened to traffic prior to surfacing.

C3-34
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 9: ASPHALT LAYERS

CH SEC CL SUB-CLAUSE SPECIFICATION DATA

9 ASPHALT LAYERS
A9.1 ASPHALT LAYERS
A9.1.2 DEFINITIONS
Asphalt mix types A medium, continuously graded sand skeletal
mix, with 14mm nominal maximum particle size
and A-E1 binder will be used.
Aggregate Class 2 aggregate will be used
A9.1.3 GENERAL
Table A9.1.3-1 *Note 2: Standard mix proportions will apply
Table A9.1.3-2: Standard mix proportions will apply
Nominal Mix
Proportions of Sand
Skeletal Mixes for
Tender Purposes
Bitumen (type and
grade according to
Contract
Documentation) (%)
A9.1.4 DESIGN BY THE
CONTRACTOR
A9.1.4.2 Mix design Asphalt mix design level II will be required for
requirements design traffic >10-30 MESA, with traffic speed
of 21-80km/hr and a PG 58 binder
A9.1.5 MATERIALS
A9.1.5.2Bituminous A-E1 binder will be used in a medium,
binders for asphalt continuously graded sand skeletal mix.
mixes
Asphalt mix design level II will be required for
design traffic >10-30 MESA, with traffic speed
of 21-80km/hr and a PG 58 binder.

No RA is available for the mix.

A9.1.8 WORKMANSHIP
A9.1.8.8 Sampling
b) Coring of completed The Contractor shall provide suitable coring
layers machines capable of cutting 100mm or 150mm
diameter cores from the completed asphalt
layers.
D9.1.10 ACCEPTANCE
CRITERIA
D9.1.10.1 Visual TMH 13 Assessment to be done – automated
Assessments road condition assessment.

D9.1.10.2 Deflection At the end of the Performance Guarantee

Period, the structural capacity of the road
pavement, as determined in terms of deflection
measurements, shall conform to be
acceptance criteria presented in Table
D9.1.10-2

C3-35
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 11: ANCILLARY ROAD WORKS

CH SEC CL SUB-CLAUSE SPECIFICATION DATA

11 ANCILLARY ROAD
WORKS
A11.1 PITCHING,
STONEWORK, CAST
IN SITU CONCRETE
FOR PROTECTION
AGAINST EROSION
A11.1.5 MATERIALS
A11.1.5.6 Geotextiles Non-woven needle punched type geofabric,
grade 3 or approved equivalent to be used for
subsoil drains and fin drains.
A11.2 NON-STRUCTURAL
GABIONS
A11.2.7 EXECUTION OF
WORKS
A11.2.7.2 Constructing
gabion boxes and
mattresses
g) Assembly The final for gabions will be per the engineer’s
instructions, to suit conditions on site.
A11.4 ROAD RESTRAINT
SYSTEMS
A11.4.1 SCOPE Guardrails:
Method specification timber post systems shall
conform to SANS 1350 and other SANS
compliant materials requirements.
Temporary concrete barriers:
Performance based systems shall conform to
EN 1317
C11.6 ROAD SIGNS
PART C:
MEASUREMENT AND
PAYMENT
ii) Notes on Measurements for excavations will be taken
measurement and pay from the road shoulder or ground surface as
items applicable
A11.7 ROAD MARKINGS
AND ROAD STUDS
A11.7.5 MATERIALS
A11.7.5.2 Materials
a) Marking materials
(iii) Thermoplastic road The timing for the application of thermoplastic
marking material road marking over the previously applied
marking will be 6 months into the defects
liability period.
b) Road studs RSA-1 road studs to be used for the
permanent works

A11.8 LANDSCAPING AND

PLANTING PLANTS
A11.8.5 MATERIALS
A11.8.5.2 Materials
b) Fertiliser/soil- Fertiliser to be recommended by yhe
improvement material contractor for engineer’s approval.

C3-36
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 CH SEC CL SUB-CLAUSE SPECIFICATION DATA

d) Grass seeds Summer Mix

GRASS COMMON APPLICATION
SPECIES NAME RATE (kg/ha)
Chloris Rhodes 4
gayana grass
Cynodon Couch 5
dactylon grass
Desmodium Green leaf 3
intortum desmodium
Digitaria Smutsfinger 8
eriantha grass
Eragrostis Teff 8
tef
Panicum Guinea 4
maximum grass
TOTAL 32
Winter mix
GRASS COMMON APPLICATION
SPECIES NAME RATE (kg/ha)
Desmodium Green leaf 3
intortum desmodium
Digitaria Smutsfinger 8
eriantha grass
Lolium Italian rye 20
multiflorum grass
Panicum Guinea 4
maximum grass
Phalaris Harding 3
tuberosa grass
TOTAL 38

A11.8.7 EXECUTION OF THE

WORKS
A11.8.7.3 Grassing
c) Hydroseeding Seedmix as per A11.8.5.2d)

C3-37
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 14: REPAIR AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES

CH SEC CL SUB-CLAUSE SPECIFICATION DATA

14 REPAIR AND
REHABILITATION OF
STRUCTURES
A14.1 ACCESS FOR BRIDGE
REHABILITATION
A14.1.3 GENERAL Rope access will not be permitted.

C3-38
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
COTO CHAPTER 20: QUALITY ASSURANCE

CH SEC CL SUB-CLAUSE SPECIFICATION DATA

20 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A20.1 TESTING MATERIALS
AND JUDGEMENT OF
WORKMANSHIP
A20.1.3 TESTING METHODS
A20.1.3.3 The Costs of
Testing
a) Material and Testing will be undertaken by an independent
workmanship for site laboratory
quality control

C3-39
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
SANRAL STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTIONS

C3-40
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 SECTION CL SUB-CLAUSE SPECIFICATION DATA

SECTION C ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT PLAN
C1004 ADMINISTRATION OF
ENVIRONMENTAL
OBLIGATIONS
(d) The DEO means: Designated Environmental
Designated/Dedicated Officer
Environmental Officer The approved DEO should be full-time and
(DEO) must be dedicated to this function.
C1008 AREAS OF SPECIFIC South African Heritage Resource Agency
IMPORTANCE (SAHRA) demolition permit for Coega River
Bridge and Alteration permit for Sundays River
Bridge.

C1012 PROJECT SPECIFIC The Employer will consider monitoring and

CONDITIONS reporting in terms of a sustainability rating toll
and the Contractor will be required to engage
through its appointed DEO with the ECO to
provide all the relevant information.
SECTION D STAKEHOLDER AND
COMMUNITY LIAISON
AND TARGETED
LABOUR AND
TARGETED
ENTERPRISES
UTILISATION AND
DEVELOPMENT
D1002 DEFINITIONS AND
APPLICABLE
LEGISLATION
D1002.01 Definitions

(p) Target Area(s) For Targeted Labour: Nelson Mandela Bay

Municipality (NMBM)
(u) Targeted Labour Target Group for Targeted Labour:
a. black designated groups (As per latest
PPPFA Regulations);
b. black people;
c. women;
d. people with disabilities
D1003 TARGET GROUP
PARTICIPATION
D1003.04 Contract
Participation Goal (CPG)
CPG for Targeted Minimum of 8% of the Final Contract Value
Labour: by the end of the contract to Targeted Labour

The Final Contract Value includes the value of

scheduled work and extra work but exclude
Community Development work and any
Contract Price Adjustment and adjustments for
reduced payments, Rise and Fall, Retention
Money, Penalties and VAT
Targeted Labour minimum
contributions by the
following Target Groups:

C3-41
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 a. black designated 30% of targeted labour value
groups;
(i) Black people who
are youth
(ii) Black people who 0.3% of targeted labour value
are persons with
disabilities
b. Black women; 30% of targeted labour value

CPG for Targeted Minimum of (30%) of the Final Contract

Enterprise Value by the end of the contract to Targeted
Enterprises

The Final Contract Value includes the value

of scheduled work and extra work but
excludes Community Development work,
Contract Price Adjustment and adjustments
for reduced payments, Rise and Fall,
Retention Money, Penalties and VAT.
Targeted Enterprise
minimum contribution by
the following Target
Groups:
i) Targeted Enterprise Minimum of 5% of the Final Contract Value
with ≥51%
ownership by Youth
ii) Targeted Enterprise Minimum of 5% of the Final Contract Value
with ≥51%
ownership by
Women
iii) Targeted Enterprise Minimum of 1% of the Final Contract Value
with ≥51%
ownership by
Military veterans
iv) Targeted Enterprise Minimum of 0.5% of the Final Contract Value
with ≥51%
ownership by
Disabled persons
(Differently abled)
v) Targeted Enterprise Minimum of 1% of the Final Contract Value
with CIDB 1 or 2
grading
vi) Targeted Enterprise Minimum of 1% of the Final Contract Value
with CIDB 3 or 4
grading

C3-42
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 D1008 WORK SUITABLE FOR • Site Security Services
EXECUTION BY • Construction of the site laboratory
TARGETED and engineers offices
ENTERPRISES • Clearing and grubbing.
• Traffic Accomodation – construction
of bypasses/provision of barriers
• Construction and clearing of drains.
• Installation of prefabricated culverts
including inlet and outlet structures.
• Concrete channelling and concrete
linings for open drains.
• Construction of small concrete and
other structures.
• Pitching, stonework and protection
against erosion.
• Construction of gabions.
• Erection of guardrails.
• Landscaping.
Finishing the road and road reserve.

SECTION E REQUIREMENTS OF
THE OCCUPATIONAL
HEALTH AND SAFETY
ACT AND
REGULATIONS
SECTION F Refer to Section F for the Street Lighting
specification, which is not contained in
COTO.

C3-43
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
SECTION C: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

C3-44
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
SECTION C: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE

C1001 SCOPE .............................................................................................................. C3-46

C1002 DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................... C3-46
C1003 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................ C3-47
C1004 ADMINISTRATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL OBLIGATIONS........................... C3-49
C1005 TRAINING ......................................................................................................... C3-50
C1006 ACTIVITIES/ASPECTS CAUSING IMPACTS .................................................. C3-51
C1007 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ....... C3-54
C1008 AREAS OF SPECIFIC IMPORTANCE ............................................................. C3-61
C1009 REHABILITATION ............................................................................................ C3-61
C1010 RECORD KEEPING .......................................................................................... C3-62
C1011 COMPLIANCE AND PENALTIES .................................................................... C3-62
C1012 PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS ................................................................ C3-62

C3-45
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
C1001 SCOPE

The South African National Roads Agency SOC Limited (SANRAL) recognises
environmental management as a key component of road infrastructure development and
as part of its environmental policy has developed this Environmental Management Plan
(EMPl) as a tool for continual improvement in environmental performance.

This EMPl prescribes the methods by which proper environmental controls are to be
implemented by the Contractor. The duration over which the Contractor’s controls shall be
in place cover the construction period of the project as well as the limited time after contract
completion defined by the Conditions of Contract for Construction for Building and
Engineering Works Designed by SANRAL (1999 edition) published by the Federation
Internationale des Ingenieurs-Conseils (FIDIC) as the Defects Notification Period
(maintenance period).

The provisions of this EMPl are binding on the Contractor during the life of the contract.
They are to be read in conjunction with all the documents that comprise the suite of
documents for this contract, particularly the conditions of any environmental authorisation
and associated Environmental Management Programme (EMPr). In the event that any
conflict occurs between the terms of the EMPl and the project specifications or
environmental authorisation, the terms herein shall be subordinate.

The EMPl is a dynamic document subject to similar influences and changes as are brought
by variations to the provisions of the project specification. Any changes to the EMPl and/or
environmental authorisation cannot occur without being submitted to SANRAL who will
manage the process of amending the EMPI.

The EMPl identifies the following:

- Relevant parties and their responsibilities;
- Construction activities that will impact on the environment;
- Specifications with which the Contractor shall comply in order to protect the
environment from the identified impacts; and
- Actions that shall be taken in the event of non-compliance.

C1002 DEFINITIONS

Alien Vegetation: undesirable plant growth which includes but is not limited to all declared
category 1 and 2 listed invader species as set out in the Conservation of Agricultural
Resources Act (CARA), 1983 regulations. Other vegetation deemed to be alien are those
plant species that show the potential to occupy in number, any area within the defined
construction area and which are declared to be undesirable.

Construction Activity: any action taken by the Contractor, his sub-contractors, suppliers
or personnel during the construction process as defined in the contract documents.

Environment: the surroundings within which the contract exists and comprises land, water,
atmosphere, micro-organisms, plant and animal life (including humans) in any part or
combination thereof as well as any physical, chemical, aesthetic or cultural inter-
relationship among and between them.

Environmental Aspect: any component of a contractor’s construction activity that is likely

to interact with the environment.

Environmental authorisation: a written statement from the National Department of

Environmental Affairs, (DEA), with the general and specific conditions and the EMPr
recording its approval of an application for a planned undertaking that triggers listed
activities in the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) regulations of the National
Environmental Management Act (NEMA).

Environmental Impact: any change to the environment, whether desirable or undesirable,

that will result from the effect of a construction activity. An impact may be the direct or
indirect consequence of a construction activity.

C3-46
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA): a systematic process of identifying, assessing
and reporting environmental impacts associated with an activity and includes basic
assessment and scoping and environmental impact reporting.

Environmental Management Programme (EMPr): the embodiment of this EMPl to

ensure that undue or reasonably avoidable adverse impacts of a development are
prevented, and to ensure that positive impacts are enhanced. It thus addresses the how,
when, who, where and what of integrating environmental mitigation and monitoring
measures through identified projects.

Road Reserve: a corridor of land, defined by co-ordinates and/or proclamation, within

which the road, including access intersections or interchanges, is situated. A road reserve
may, or may not, be bounded by a fence.

Site; the site is defined in the FIDIC Conditions of Contract and in the scope of works. It is
bound by the limits of construction as shown in the drawings or the title of the project and
extends to also include the following:

- Areas outside the construction zones where accommodation of traffic is placed;

- All borrowpits defined in the applications approved by the relevant Department of
Mineral Resources (DMR);
- All haul roads constructed by the Contractor for purposes of access;
- Any non-adjacent sites specified in the contract documentation;
- The Contractor’s and his subcontractors’ camp sites.

For the purposes of this EMPl, the site includes areas outside of, but adjacent to, the road
reserve that may be affected by construction activities.

Spoil material: is material unsuitable for construction of the road pavement and for which
no other useful purpose can be found in additional works on the project (e.g. for the
provision of protection berms). Such material is considered as waste material that requires
spoiling at convenient areas to be identified by the Engineer and/or Contractor within the
Site. Spoil material does not require removal to a designated landfill site unless it contains
identifiable hazardous contaminants.

C1003 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

(a) General

Construction shall be according to the best industry practices, as identified in the

project documents. This EMPl, which forms an integral part of the contract
documents, informs the Contractor as to his duties in the fulfilment of the project
objectives, with particular reference to the prevention and mitigation of
environmental impacts caused by construction activities associated with the project.
The Contractor should note that obligations imposed by the EMPl are legally binding
in terms of this contract. In the event that any rights and obligations contained in this
EMPl contradict those specified in the standard or project specifications then the
latter shall prevail.

(b) Statutory and other applicable legislation

The Contractor is deemed to have made himself conversant with all legislation
pertaining to the environment, including provincial and local government ordinances,
which may be applicable to the contract.

Major environmental legislation, as amended from time to time, includes but is not
limited to the following:

C3-47
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 (i) Conservation of Agricultural Resources Act (Act No. 43 of 1983)

This act provides for control over the utilisation of the natural agricultural
resources of South Africa in order to promote the conservation of soil, water
sources and vegetation, as well as combating weeds and invader plants.

(ii) The Constitution (Act 6 of 1996)

The Constitution states that everyone has the right to an environment that is
not harmful to their health or well-being, and to have the environment
protected through reasonable legislative and other measures to prevent
pollution and ecological degradation; promote conservation and ensure
ecologically sustainable development and use of natural resources.

(iii) Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act (Act No. 28 of 2002)

This act makes provision for equitable access to, and sustainable
development of, minerals and petroleum resources.

(iv) National Environmental Management Act (NEMA), (Act No. 107 of 1998)

This act supports the Bill of Rights within the Constitution and highlights
principles of sustainable development including preservation of ecosystems
and biological diversity and avoidance, minimisation and remediation of
pollution and environmental degradation. It also sets the stage for the EIA
Regulations.

(v) National Environmental Management: Air Quality Act (Act No. 39 of 2004)

This act provides reasonable measures for the prevention of pollution and
ecological degradation; and provides for specific air quality measures; for
national norms and standards regulating air quality monitoring, management
and control by all spheres of government.

(vi) National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act (Act No. 10 of 2004)

This act makes provisions to accomplish the objectives of the United Nations’
Convention on Biological Diversity. SANRAL may be required to apply for
permits to conduct certain listed activities which, together with the listed
threatened or protected species, may be identified by the Minister.

Section 73 (3) of this act empowers a competent authority to direct a person

to take steps to remedy any harm to biodiversity resulting from the actions of
that person or as a result of occurrence of listed invasive species occurring on
land on which that person is the owner. Thus SANRAL may be directed to
remedy harm caused by listed invasive species.

(vii) National Environmental Management: Protected Areas Act (Act No. 57 of

2003)

This act provides for the protection and conservation of ecologically viable
areas representative of South Africa’s biological diversity, natural landscapes
and seascapes.

(viii) National Environmental Management: Waste Act (Act No. 59 of 2008)

This act aims to regulate waste management practices through provision of

national norms and standards, specific waste measures, licensing and control
of waste activities, remediation of contaminated land as well as providing for
compliance and law enforcement.

C3-48
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 (ix) National Forests Act (Act No. 84 of 1998)

This act makes provision for promoting the sustainable management and
development of forests, and for the protection of certain forests and trees for
environmental, economic, educational, recreational, cultural, health and
spiritual purposes.

(x) National Heritage Resources Act (Act No. 25 of 1999)

This act provides for an integrated and interactive system for identification,
assessment and management of South Africa’s heritage resources, and
empowers civil society to nurture and conserve their heritage resources.

(xi) National Water Act (Act No. 36 of 1998)

This act makes provision for the protection of surface water and groundwater
and their sustainable management for the prevention and remediation of the
effects of pollution, as well as for the management of emergency situations.

(xii) The South African National Roads Agency Limited and National Roads Act
(Act No. 7 of 1998)

This Act makes provision for a National Roads Agency for the Republic to
manage and control the Republic’s national roads system and take charge,
amongst others, of the development, maintenance and rehabilitation of
national roads within the framework of government policy.

C1004 ADMINISTRATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL OBLIGATIONS

Copies of this EMPl shall be kept at the site office and must be distributed to all senior
contract personnel who shall familiarise themselves with its contents.

Implementation of this EMPl requires the involvement of several stakeholders, each

fulfilling a different but vital role as outlined herein, to ensure sound environmental
management during the construction phase of a project.

(a) SANRAL

SANRAL and anyone acting on SANRAL’s behalf is accountable for the potential
environmental impacts of any activities that are undertaken and is responsible for
managing these impacts.

(b) The Engineer

The Engineer has been appointed by, and acts for, SANRAL as its on-site
implementing agent and carries the responsibility to ensure that the Contractor
undertakes its construction activities in such a way that SANRAL’s environmental
responsibilities are not compromised.

The Engineer will, within seven days of receiving a contractor’s request for approval
of a nominated Designated Environmental Officer (DEO), approve, reject or call for
more information on the nomination. The Engineer will be responsible for issuing
instructions to the DEO where environmental considerations call for action to be
taken.

If in the opinion of the Engineer the DEO is not fulfilling his/her duties in terms of this
EMPl, the Engineer may, after discussion and agreement with SANRAL, exercise
his powers under FIDIC general conditions of contract and instruct replacement of
the DEO in writing and with stated reasons.

C3-49
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 (c) The Contractor

The Contractor is responsible for project delivery in accordance with the prescribed
specifications, among which this EMPl shall be included.

The Contractor shall receive and implement any instruction issued by the Engineer
relating to compliance with the EMPl including the removal of personnel or
equipment.

Compliance with the provisions contained herein or any condition imposed by the
environmental approvals shall become the responsibility of the Contractor through
an approved Designated Environmental Officer (DEO). The Contractor shall
nominate a person from among his site personnel to fulfil this function and submit to
the Engineer for his approval the curriculum vitae of the proposed DEO. This request
for approval shall be given, in writing, at least fourteen days before the
commencement of any construction activity clearly setting out reasons for the
nomination, and with sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to make a decision.

(d) The Designated/Dedicated Environmental Officer (DEO)

Once a nominated representative of the Contractor has been approved, he/she shall
become the DEO and shall be the responsible person for ensuring that the provisions
of this EMPl are complied with during the life of the contract. The DEO shall submit
regular written reports to the Engineer, but not less frequently than once a month.

The DEO may undertake other construction duties unless Section B: Specification
Data, prescribes this position as ‘Full-time dedicated’ as opposed to the standard
position being ‘designated’. However, the DEO’s environmental duties shall hold
primacy over other contractual duties and the Engineer has the authority to instruct
the Contractor to reduce the DEO’s other duties or to replace the DEO if, in the
Engineer’s opinion, he/she is not fulfilling his/her duties in terms of the requirements
of this EMPl. Such instruction will be in writing clearly setting out the reasons why a
replacement is required.

As a minimum the DEO shall have an accredited diploma qualification in

environmental or natural sciences or equivalent and a minimum of 2 years’
experience in a similar role in construction or other environmental regulatory field.

In addition to the compliance duties relating to EMPl the DEO shall also provide full
cooperation whenever the Contractor is subjected to regular environmental audits.

(e) Environmental Control Officer (ECO)

The Environmental Control Officer (ECO) is an independent environmental specialist

appointed by the Engineer to objectively and regularly monitor the Contractor’s
compliance with the conditions of the authorisations issued for the project and the
approved EMPr (that is this EMPI augmented with specifics of the project). These
are external audits and the regularity is determined by the environmental
authorisations.

C1005 TRAINING

(a) Qualifications

The (DEO) shall have the minimum qualifications as prescribed above and must be
conversant with all legislation pertaining to the environment applicable to the
contract. He/she must be appropriately trained in environmental management and
possess the skills necessary to impart environmental management skills to all
personnel involved in the contract.

The Contractor shall ensure that adequate environmental training takes place. All
employees shall have been given an induction presentation on environmental

C3-50
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 awareness. Where possible, the presentation needs to be conducted in the language
of the employees.

(b) Content

Apart from induction environmental training should, as a minimum, include the

course content below and no induction or course should be given until the Engineer
has been afforded the opportunity to appraise it and provide comment.

(i) The importance of conformance with all environmental policies and the
consequences of departure from standard operating procedures;

(ii) Environmental impacts, actual or potential, caused by work activities,

prevention measures to avoid them and mitigation measures when they occur;

(iii) Work force roles and responsibilities in achieving conformance with the
environmental policy and procedures, including emergency preparedness and
response requirements; and

(iv) The environmental benefits of improved personnel performance.

(c) Induction

In the case of permanent staff the Contractor shall provide evidence that such
induction courses have been presented. In the case of new staff (including contract
labour) the Contractor shall inform the Engineer when and how he intends
concluding his environmental training obligations.

C1006 ACTIVITIES/ASPECTS CAUSING IMPACTS

Typical environmental aspects and impacts associated with road construction are listed in
Table 1: Aspects and Impacts Associated with Road Construction. Actual impacts will differ
from project to project and, therefore, so may the mitigation measures employed. The
commonest aspects and impacts are addressed separately, and typical avoidance and/or
mitigation measures described. The list and descriptions are not by any means exhaustive
and they shall be used for guideline purposes only.

Table 1: Aspects and Impacts Associated with Road Construction

Aspect Impact
Waste generation/storage Water pollution; nuisance; visual impact
Change in flow regime and/or reduction in
Water use and stormwater discharge downstream availability; soil erosion: water
pollution
Vehicle use and maintenance Air pollution; noise
Water/air/soil pollution; health impacts;
Chemical/fuel storage
accidents e.g. spills, fire
Site clearing; earthworks; layer-works; seal Change in landform; impact on heritage
works resources; noise; soil erosion; air pollution
River bridges; installing drainage Water pollution; impact on river flows;
structures noise
Loss of land &/or livelihood; change in land
Land acquisition
use;
Acquisition of building material from
Change in landform and use
borrow pits

(a) General approach

The role of the DEO cannot be underestimated and once approved he/she shall be
on the site at all times, and before the Contractor begins each construction activity,
he/she shall give to the Engineer a written statement setting out the following:
(i) The type of construction activity about to be started.

C3-51
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 (ii) Locality where the activity will take place.
(iii) Identification of the environmental aspects and impacts that might result from
the activity.
(iv) The methodology of impact prevention for each activity or aspect.
(v) The methodology of impact containment for each activity or aspect.
(vi) Identification of the emergency/disaster potential for each activity (if any) and
the reaction procedures necessary to mitigate impact severity.
(vii) Treatment and continued maintenance of impacted environment.

The Contractor shall programme his work in such a way that each cause and effect
of a construction activity is also identified, and the activity planned so as to prevent
any impact from happening and shall demonstrate that he is capable of carrying out
any repair and reinstatement of the damaged environment. These requirements shall
be concurrent with the time constraints to produce method statements for each
construction activity in compliance with the provisions of these project specifications.

The Contractor shall provide such information in advance of any or all construction
activities provided that new submissions shall be given to the Engineer whenever
there is a change or variation to the original.

The Engineer may provide comment on the methodology and procedures proposed
by the DEO, but he shall not be responsible for the Contractor’s chosen measures
of impact mitigation and emergency/disaster management systems. However, the
Contractor shall demonstrate at inception and at least once during the contract that
the approved measures and procedures function properly.

(b) Spillages

Streams, rivers and dams shall be protected from direct or indirect spillage of
pollutants such as refuse, garbage, cement, concrete, sewage, chemicals, fuels, oils,
aggregate, tailings, wash water, organic materials and bituminous products. In the
event of a spillage, the Contractor shall be liable to arrange for professional service
providers to clear the affected area.

Responsibility for spill containment and treatment (whether hazardous or not) lies
with the Contractor. The individual causing a spill, or who discovers a spill, must
report the incident to his/her DEO or to the Engineer. The DEO will assess the
situation in consultation with the Engineer and act as required. In all cases, the
immediate response shall be to contain the spill. The exact treatment of polluted
soil/water shall be determined by the Contractor in consultation with the DEO and
the Engineer. Areas cleared of hazardous waste shall be re-vegetated according to
the Engineer’s instructions.

Should water downstream of the spill be polluted, and fauna and flora show signs of
deterioration or death, specialist hydrological or ecological advice will be sought for
appropriate treatment and remedial procedures to be followed. The requirement for
such input shall be agreed with the Engineer. The costs of containment and
rehabilitation shall be for the Contractor’s account, including the costs of specialist
input as well as the sampling and testing of the water quality upstream and
downstream of the spill. Water quality sampling and testing, and further treatment
shall continue until upstream and downstream results correspond with each other.

(c) Water use and control

The Contractor’s use of water shall take into consideration that it is a scarce
commodity and shall be optimised. Authorisation shall be obtained from the
Department of Water and Sanitation (DWS) before water is drawn from streams or
new boreholes developed.

The Contractor shall also ensure that any stream deviations or diversions are
undertaken in such a manner that the impact on the environment is minimised.
Method statements shall be submitted to the Engineer for comment, detailing how

C3-52
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 the work will be undertaken, what risks are foreseen and what measures will be
employed to minimise such risks. Notwithstanding any comments by the Engineer,
no work on stream deviations or diversions shall be undertaken in accordance with
the General Authorisation.

The quality, quantity and flow direction of any surface water runoff shall be
established prior to disturbing any area for construction purposes. Cognisance shall
be taken of these aspects and incorporated into the planning of all construction
activities. Before a site is developed or expanded, it shall be established how this
development or expansion will affect the drainage pattern. Recognised water
users/receivers shall not be adversely affected by the expansion or re-development.
No water source shall be polluted in any way due to proposed changes.

Streams, rivers, pans, wetlands, dams, and their catchments shall be protected from
erosion and flooding by dredging, daylighting, removal of debris and vegetation, etc.
These shall also be protected from direct or indirect spillage of pollutants such as
refuse, garbage, cement, concrete, sewage, chemicals, fuels, oils, aggregate,
tailings, wash water, organic materials and bituminous products.

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer his proposals for prevention,
containment and rehabilitation measures against environmental damage of the
identified water and drainage systems that occur on the site. Consideration shall be
given to the placement of sedimentation ponds or barriers where the soils are of a
dispersive nature or where toxic fluids are used in the construction process. The
sedimentation ponds must be large enough to contain runoff so that they function
properly under heavy rain conditions up to 1:5-year severity.

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the results of the baseline water quality
test taken above and below the site of the proposed activity, and thereafter monthly
testing results or at the frequency as may be specified by the Water Use
Licence/General Authorisation, where applicable. No taking-over can be authorised
until the water quality is shown to be at pre-construction levels or better.

(d) Vegetation management

The Contractor shall be responsible for the management of vegetation by protection

of indigenous vegetation, especially identified protected species, and the prevention
of alien vegetation germinating in areas disturbed by road construction activities
within and outside the road reserve. This includes, for example, service roads,
stockpile areas, stop/go facilities, windrows and wherever material generated for or
from road construction has been stored temporarily. This responsibility shall continue
for the duration of the defects notification period. The project specification may
instruction the removal of CARA and/or NEMBA-listed category 1 and 2 alien species
and planting of specified indigenous species.

(e) Dust control

Dust caused by construction activities shall be controlled by means such as water

spray vehicles and applied at sufficient frequency so as not to cause nuisance to
adjacent habitation or affect farming activities or natural vegetation. Vegetation cover
should also be kept for as long as possible to reduce the area of exposed surfaces.
Dust emissions from batching and screening plants shall be subject to the relevant
legislation and shall be the subject of inspection by the relevant authorities.

(f) Noise control

The Contractor shall endeavour to keep noise generating activities to a minimum.

Noises that could cause a major disturbance, for instance blasting and crushing
activities, should only be carried out during the hours prescribed by the conditions of
contract (i.e. normal hours). Should such noise generating activities have to occur at
any time outside normal hours the people in the vicinity of the noise-generating
activity shall be warned about the noise well in advance and the activities kept to a

C3-53
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 minimum. Relevant legislation shall also be taken into consideration, and any
practical mitigation measures adopted. No noise generating activity outside of
normal hours, regardless of its proximity to residences, can take place without
application to the Engineer for approval. The application shall be accompanied by
the noise containment measures proposed.

(g) Energy consumption

The Contractor shall take into consideration the impacts of high energy consumption,
both from a cost and emissions point of view. Energy use shall be minimised, and
where possible, alternative energy sources such as solar utilised.

Furthermore, the Contractor shall undertake a study of the consumption of carbon

units his chosen method of construction produces in the execution of his programme.
In conjunction with the Engineer who will provide complete cooperation in this study,
a month by month output shall be compiled and efforts made to see how these
outputs can be curtailed and reduced.

C1007 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES

The Contractor shall undertake “good housekeeping” practices during construction as

stated in the COTO Standard Specifications for Roads and Bridges and the FIDIC
conditions of contract. This will help avoid disputes on responsibility and allow for the
smooth running of the contract as a whole. Good housekeeping extends beyond the wise
practice of construction methods that leaves production in a safe state from the ravages of
weather to include the care for and preservation of the environment within which the site is
situated.

The construction activities addressed below shall become part of the Contractor’s
obligations regarding his programme of work and incorporated into the required method
statements for workmanship and quality control.

a) Site establishment

i) Site Plan

The site refers to an area with defined limits on which the project is located.
The Contractor shall establish his construction camps, offices, workshops,
staff accommodation and testing facilities on the site in a manner that does
not adversely affect the environment. However, before any site establishment
can begin, the Contractor shall submit to the ECO for his comments and to
the Engineer for his approval, plans of the exact location, extent and
construction details of these facilities and the impact mitigation measures the
Contractor proposes to put in place.

The plans shall detail the locality as well as the layout of the waste
management facilities for litter, kitchen refuse, sewage and workshop-derived
effluents. The site offices should not be sited in close proximity to steep areas,
as this will increase soil erosion. Preferred locations would be flat areas along
the route. If the route traverses water courses, streams and rivers, it is
recommended that the offices, and in particular the ablution facilities,
aggregate stockpiles, spoil areas and hazardous material stockpiles are
located as far away as possible from any water course. No camp
establishment, including satellite camps, can be placed within 150 metres of
an identified wetland unless the Contractor has applied to DWS and received
authorisation to do so. Regardless of the chosen site, the Contractor’s
intended mitigation measures shall be indicated on the plan. The site plan
shall have been submitted and approved before establishment commences.
Detailed, electronic colour photographs shall be taken of the proposed site
before any clearing may commence. These records are to be kept by the ECO
and the Engineer for consultation during rehabilitation of the site in order that

C3-54
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 rehabilitation is, as a minimum, done to a standard similar to pre-construction
activities.

ii) Vegetation

The Contractor has a responsibility to inform his staff of the need to be vigilant
against any practice that will have a harmful effect on vegetation.

The natural vegetation encountered on the site is to be conserved and left as

intact as possible. Vegetation planted at the site shall be indigenous and in
accordance with instructions issued by the Engineer. Only trees and shrubs
directly affected by the works, and such others as may be indicated by the
Engineer in writing, may be felled or cleared. In wooded areas where natural
vegetation has been cleared out of necessity, the same species of indigenous
trees as were occurring shall be re-established. Protected trees may not be
removed without a permit from the Department of Agriculture, Forestry and
Fisheries.

Contravention of a notice of listed protected tree species under the National

Forests Act, 1998 is regarded as a first category offence that may result in a
fine or imprisonment for a period up to three years, or to both a fine and
imprisonment. The DEO must be conversant with the latest gazette of
declared protected trees.

Rehabilitation shall be undertaken using only indigenous tree, shrub and grass
species. Special attention shall be given to any search and rescue operation
identified during the environmental assessment process and any removal to
an on-site nursery for continuous nurturing and protection and later replanting.

Any proclaimed weed or alien species that propagates during the contract
period shall be cleared by hand before seeding.

Fires shall only be allowed in facilities or equipment specially constructed for

this purpose. The need for a firebreak shall be determined in consultation with
the Engineer and the relevant authorities, and if required a firebreak shall be
cleared and maintained around the perimeter of the camp and office sites.

iii) Water management

Water for human consumption shall be available at the site offices and at other
convenient locations on site.

All effluent water from the camp/office sites shall be disposed of in a properly
designed and constructed system, situated so as not to adversely affect water
sources (streams, rivers, pans, dams etc.). Only domestic type wastewater
shall be allowed to enter this system.

iv) Heating and cooking fuel

The Contractor shall provide adequate facilities for his staff so that they are
not encouraged to supplement their comforts on site by accessing what can
be taken from the natural surroundings. The Contractor shall ensure that
energy sources are available at all times for construction and supervision
personnel for heating and cooking purposes.

b) Sewage management

Particular reference in the site establishment plan shall be given to the treatment of
sewage generated at the site offices, site laboratory and staff accommodation and
at all localities on the site where there will be a concentration of labour. Sanitary
arrangements should be to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the local authorities and
legal requirements.

C3-55
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Safe and effective sewage treatment will require one of the following sewage
handling methods: septic tanks and soak-aways, dry-composting toilets such as
“enviro loos”, or the use of chemical toilets which are supplied and maintained by a
specialist service provider. The type of sewage management will depend on the
geology of the area selected, the duration of the contract and proximity (availability)
of providers of chemical toilets. Should a soak-away system be used, it shall not be
closer than 800 metres from any natural water course or water retention system. The
waste material generated from these facilities shall be serviced on a regular basis.
The positioning of the chemical toilets shall be done in consultation with the
Engineer.

Toilets and latrines shall be easily accessible and shall be positioned within walking
distance from wherever employees are employed on the works. Use of the veld for
this purpose shall not, under any circumstances, be allowed.

Outside toilets shall be provided with locks and doors and shall be secured to prevent
them from blowing over. The toilets shall also be placed outside areas susceptible
to flooding. The Contractor shall arrange for regular emptying of toilets and shall be
entirely responsible for enforcing their use and for maintaining such latrines in a
clean, orderly and sanitary condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

c) Waste management

The Contractor’s intended methods for waste management shall be outlined and
implemented at the outset of the contract and shall be to the satisfaction of the
Engineer. Opportunities for avoiding, reducing, reusing and recycling of materials
should be identified upfront, as should constraints for their implementation. All
personnel shall be instructed to dispose of all waste in the proper manner.

i) Solid waste

Solid waste shall be stored in an appointed area in covered, tip-proof metal

drums or similar container for collection and disposal. Disposal of solid waste
shall be at a licensed landfill site or at a site approved by the relevant authority
in the event that an existing operating landfill site is not within reasonable
distance from the project area. No waste shall be burned or buried at or near
the project area.

ii) Litter

No littering by construction workers shall be allowed and particular emphasis

on litter control measures shall apply at stop/go facilities.

During the construction period, the various contractors’ facilities shall be

maintained in a neat and tidy condition and the site shall be kept free of litter.
At all places of work the Contractor shall provide litter collection facilities for
later safe disposal at approved sites.

iii) Hazardous waste

Hazardous waste such as oils shall be disposed of at an approved landfill site.

Special care shall be taken to avoid spillage of bitumen products such as
binders or pre-coating fluid to avoid water-soluble phenols from entering the
ground or contaminating surface water.

Under no circumstances shall the spoiling of bituminous products on the site,

over embankments, in borrow pits or any burying, be allowed. Unused or
rejected bituminous products shall be returned to the supplier’s production
plant. Any spillage of bituminous products shall be attended to immediately
and affected areas shall be promptly reinstated to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.

C3-56
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 iv) Construction and demolition waste

The opportunity for recycling and reuse of construction and demolition waste
as fill for road embankments, land reclamation and drainage control must first
be explored and take priority before the option of declaring these materials a
‘waste’.

The Contractor is encouraged to actively engage with authorities and

landowners adjacent to the site and identify where such ‘waste’ materials can
be usefully deployed to repair existing environmentally damaged areas such
as erosion dongas.

d) Control at the workshop

The Contractor’s management and maintenance of his plant and machinery will be
strictly monitored according to the criteria given below.

i) Hazardous Material Storage

Petrochemicals, oils and identified hazardous substances shall only be stored

under controlled conditions. All hazardous materials such as bitumen binders
shall be stored in a secured, appointed area that is suitably fenced, bunded
and has restricted entry. Storage of bituminous products shall only take place
using suitable containers to the approval of the ECO and the Engineer.

The Contractor shall provide proof to the Engineer that relevant authorisation
to store such substances has been obtained from the relevant authority. In
addition, hazard signs indicating the nature of the stored materials shall be
displayed on the storage facility or containment structure. Before containment
or storage facilities can be erected, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer
with details of the preventative measures he proposes to install in order to
mitigate pollution of the surrounding environment from leaks or spillage. The
preferred method shall be a concrete floor that is bunded. Any deviation from
the method will require proof from the relevant authority that the alternative
method proposed is acceptable to that authority. The proposals shall also
indicate the emergency procedures in the event of misuse or spillage that will
negatively affect an individual or the environment.

ii) Fuel and gas storage

The Contractor shall take cognisance of the limits set by legislation for the
storage of fuels and acquire the necessary authorisation for storage capacity
beyond these. An adequate bund wall, 110% of volume, shall be provided for
fuel and diesel areas to accommodate any leakage spillage or overflow of
these substances. The area inside the bund wall shall be lined with an
impervious lining to prevent infiltration of the fuel into the soil. Any leakage,
spillage or overflow of fuel shall be attended to without delay.

Gas welding cylinders and LPG cylinders shall be stored chained in a secure,
well-ventilated area exterior to any building wall.

iv) Oil and lubricant waste

Used oil, lubricants and cleaning materials from the maintenance of vehicles
and machinery shall be collected in a holding tank and sent back to the
supplier. Water and oil should be separated in an oil trap. Oils collected in this
manner, shall be retained in a safe holding tank and removed from site by a
specialist oil recycling company for disposal at approved waste disposal sites
for toxic/hazardous materials. Oil collected by a mobile servicing unit shall be
stored in the service unit’s sludge tank and discharged into the safe holding
tank for collection by the specialist oil recycling company.

C3-57
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Drip trays shall be used to collect any lubricants or fuel spilled where any
vehicle and machinery are repaired or refuelled. The lubricants and fuel
collected shall be handled as specified above.

All used filter materials shall be stored in a secure bin for disposal off site. Any
contaminated soil shall be removed and replaced. Soils contaminated by oils
and lubricants shall be collected and disposed of at a facility designated by
the local authority to accept contaminated materials.

e) Clearing the site

In all areas where the Contractor intends to or is required to clear the natural
vegetation and soil, either within the road reserve, or at designated or instructed
areas outside the road reserve, a plan of action shall first be submitted to the
Engineer for his approval. Working areas shall be clearly defined and demarcated
on site to minimise the construction footprint. ‘No-go- areas’ and other sensitive
areas shall also be clearly demarcated on site, and staff must be made aware of
them.

The plan of action shall contain a photographic record and chainage/land reference
of the areas to be disturbed. This shall be submitted to the Engineer for his records
before any disturbance/stockpiling may occur. The record shall be comprehensive
and clear, allowing for easy identification during inspections.

f) Soil management

i) Topsoil

Topsoil shall be removed from all areas where physical disturbance of the
surface will occur and shall be stored and adequately protected. The contract
will provide for the stripping and stockpiling of topsoil from the site for later re-
use. Topsoil is considered to be the natural soil covering, including all the
vegetation and organic matter. Depth may vary at each site. The areas to be
cleared of topsoil shall include all storage areas. All topsoil stockpiles and
windrows shall be maintained throughout the contract period in a weed-free
condition. Weeds appearing on the stockpiled or windrowed topsoil shall be
removed by hand. Soils contaminated by hazardous substances shall be
disposed of at an approved waste disposal site. The topsoil stockpiles shall
be stored, shaped and sited in such a way that they do not interfere with the
flow of water to cause damming or erosion, or itself be eroded by the action
of water.

The Contractor shall ensure that no topsoil is lost due to erosion – either by
wind or water. Areas to be top-soiled and grassed shall be done so
systematically to allow for quick cover and reduction in the chance of heavy
topsoil losses due to unusual weather patterns. The Contractor’s programme
shall clearly show the proposed rate of progress of the application of topsoil
and grassing. The Contractor shall be held responsible for the replacement,
at his own cost, for any unnecessary loss of topsoil due to his failure to work
according to the progress plan approved by the Engineer. The Contractor’s
responsibility shall also extend to the clearing of drainage or water systems
within and beyond the boundaries of the road reserve that may have been
affected by such negligence.

ii) Subsoil

The subsoil is the layer of soil immediately beneath the topsoil. It shall be
removed, to a depth instructed by the Engineer, and if not used for road
building it shall be stored and maintained separately from the topsoil so that
neither stockpile is contaminated by the other. This soil shall be used for

C3-58
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 rehabilitation purposes by first spreading it over the excavated slopes without
interfering with or contaminating the stockpiled topsoil.

Whilst in stockpile it shall be maintained free from erosion and weed

infestation in the same way as for topsoil stockpile maintenance.

g) Earthworks and layerworks

This section includes all construction activities that involve the mining of all materials,
and their subsequent placement, stockpile, spoil, treatment or batching, for use in
the permanent works, or temporary works in the case of deviations. Before any
stripping prior to the commencement of construction, the Contractor shall have
complied with the requirements of this EMPl. In addition, the Contractor shall take
cognisance of the requirements set out below.

i) Quarries and borrow pits

The Contractor’s attention is drawn to the requirement of the Department of

Mineral Resources, that before entry into any quarry or borrow pit, an
Environmental Authorisation for the establishment, operation and closure of a
quarry or borrow pit shall have been approved by the Department. It is the
responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that he is in possession of the
authorisation prior to entry into the quarry or borrow pit. The conditions
imposed by the relevant authorisation are legally binding on the Contractor
and may be more extensive and explicit than the requirements of this
specification. In the event of any conflict occurring between the requirements
of the specific authorisation and this EMPI, the former shall apply.

ii) Excavation, hauling and placement

The Contractor shall provide the ECO and the Engineer with detailed plans of
his intended construction processes prior to starting any cut or fill or layer. The
plans shall detail the measures by which the impacts of pollution (noise, dust,
litter, fuel, oil and sewage), erosion, vegetation destruction and deformation
of landscape will be prevented, contained and rehabilitated. Particular
attention shall also be given to the impact that such activities will have on the
adjacent built environment. The Contractor shall demonstrate his “good
housekeeping”, particularly with respect to closure at the end of every day so
that the site is left in a safe condition.

iii) Spoil sites

The Contractor shall be responsible for the safe siting, operation, maintenance
and closure of any spoil site he uses during the contract period, including the
defects notification period. This shall include existing spoil sites that are being
re-entered. Before spoil sites may be used proposals for their locality,
intended method of operation, maintenance and rehabilitation shall be given
to the ECO for his/her comments and to the Engineer for his approval. The
location of these spoil sites shall have signed approval from the affected
landowner before submission to the ECO and the Engineer. No spoil site shall
be located within 500m of any watercourse. A photographic record shall be
kept of all spoil sites for monitoring purposes. This includes before the site is
used and after re-vegetation.

The use of approved spoil sites for the disposal of any waste shall be
prohibited. Spoil sites will be shaped to fit the natural topography. Depending
on availability these sites shall receive a minimum of 75mm topsoil and be
grassed with the recommended seed mixture. Appropriate grassing measures
to minimise soil erosion shall be undertaken by the Contractor. This may
include both strip and full sodding. The Contractor may motivate to the
Engineer for other acceptable stabilising methods. The Engineer may only

C3-59
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 approve a completed spoil site at the end of the defects notification period
upon receipt from the Contractor of a landowner’s clearance notice.

iv) Stockpiles

The Contractor shall plan his activities so that materials excavated from
borrow pits and cuttings, in so far as possible, can be transported direct to and
placed at the point where it is to be used. However, should temporary
stockpiling become necessary, the areas for the stockpiling of excavated and
imported material shall be indicated and demarcated on the site plan
submitted in writing to the Engineer for his approval. The Contractor’s
proposed measures for prevention of environmental damage, containment
and subsequent rehabilitation shall also be submitted.

The areas chosen shall have no naturally occurring indigenous trees and
shrubs present that may be damaged during operations. Care shall be taken
to preserve all vegetation in the immediate area of these temporary stockpiles.
During the life of the stockpiles the Contractor shall at all times ensure that
they are positioned and sloped to create the least visual impact, constructed
and maintained so as to avoid erosion of the material and contamination of
surrounding environment and kept free from all alien/undesirable vegetation.

After the stockpiled material has been removed, the site shall be re-instated
to its original condition. No foreign material generated/deposited during
construction shall remain on site. Areas affected by stockpiling shall be
landscaped, top soiled, grassed and maintained at the Contractor’s cost until
clearance from the Engineer and the landowner is received.

Material milled from the existing road surface that is temporarily stockpiled in
areas approved by the Engineer within the road reserve, shall be subject to
the same condition as other stockpiled materials. Excess materials from
windrows, in situ milling or any leftover material from road construction
activities may not be swept off the road and left unless specifically instructed
to do so in the contract documentation or under instruction from the Engineer.

The ECO shall comment on and the Engineer shall approve the areas for
stockpiling and disposal of construction rubble before any operation
commences and shall approve their closure only when they have been
satisfactorily rehabilitated.

v) Blasting activities

Wherever blasting activity is required on the site (including quarries and/or

borrow pits) the Contractor shall rigorously adhere to the relevant statutes and
regulations that control the use of explosives.

h) On site plant

i) Crusher, screening plants and concrete batching plants

Crushing plants and concrete batching plants, whether sited inside or outside
of defined quarry or borrow pit areas, shall be subject to the requirements of
the applicable industrial legislation that governs gas and dust emissions into
the atmosphere. Such sites will be the subject of regular inspections by the
relative authorities during the life of the project. In addition, the selection, entry
onto, operation, maintenance, closure and rehabilitation of such sites shall be
the same as for those under section C1007(g)(i) of this EMPl, with the
exception that the Contractor shall provide additional measures to prevent,
contain and rehabilitate against environmental damage from toxic/hazardous
substances. In this regard the Contractor shall provide plans that take into
account such additional measures as concrete floors, bunded storage
facilities, linings to drainage channels and settlement dams. Ultimate approval

C3-60
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 of these measures shall be from the relevant authority, as shall approval of
closure. The Engineer will assist the Contractor in his applications to the
relevant authority.

Screening activities shall be undertaken so that dust and noise is minimised.

This can be done by carefully choosing the site for the activity, and by using
slightly damp material.

Effluent from concrete batch plants and crusher plants shall be reused where
possible or treated in a suitable designated sedimentation dam to the legally
required standards to prevent surface and groundwater pollution. The designs
of such a facility should be submitted to the Engineer for approval.

ii) Asphalt Plant

Asphalt plants shall be subject to the applicable legislation that governs

establishment and operation of batching plants. The Contractor shall be
responsible to obtain the necessary permit from the relevant authority.

Operation of the plant shall conform to the same requirements as for a

crushing plant or concrete batching plant under C1007(h)(i) above.

C1008 AREAS OF SPECIFIC IMPORTANCE

Any area, as determined and identified within the project documents as sensitive or of
special interest within the site shall be treated according to the express instructions
contained in these specifications or the specific environmental authorisation, as well as the
approved EMPr. The Contractor may offer alternative solutions to the Engineer in writing
should he consider that construction will be affected in any way by the hindrance of the
designated sensitive area or feature. However, the overriding principle is that such defined
areas requiring protection should not be changed. Every effort to identify such areas within
the site will have been made prior to the project going out to tender. The discovery of other
sites with archaeological or historical interest that have not been identified shall receive ad
hoc treatment.

a) Archaeological sites

If an artefact on site is uncovered, work in the immediate vicinity shall be stopped

immediately. The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent any
person from removing or damaging any such article and shall immediately upon
discovery thereof inform the Engineer of such discovery. The South African Heritage
Resource Agency (SAHRA) is to be contacted, and a SAHRA-registered
archaeological consultant may undertake the necessary work involved in confirming
the find and advising on how it should be preserved or removed. Work may only
resume once clearance is given in writing by the archaeologist. (Read with FIDIC
condition of contract clause 4.24)

If a grave or midden is uncovered on site then all work in the immediate vicinity of
the graves/middens shall be stopped and the Engineer informed of the discovery.
The South African Heritage Resource Agency and the South African Police Services
(SAPS) should be contacted and in the case of graves, arrangements made for an
undertaker to carry out exhumation and reburial. The undertaker will, together with
SAHRA, be responsible for attempts to contact family of the deceased and for the
place where the exhumed remains can be re-interred.

C1009 REHABILITATION

The Contractor shall be responsible for the re-establishment of grass within the road
reserve boundaries for all areas disturbed during construction. This includes, for example,
service roads, stockpile areas, stop/go facilities, windrows and wherever material
generated for, or from, construction has to be stored temporarily, and designated or
instructed areas outside the road reserve. It also includes the area where site offices were

C3-61
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 erected which may require rehabilitation at the end of the contract. All construction material,
including concrete slabs and barbecue (braai) areas shall be removed from the site on
completion of the contract unless written approval from the relevant landowner
demonstrates it is to be left in place.

Responsibility for re-establishment of vegetation shall extend until expiry of the defects
notification period. However, SANRAL reserves the right to continue holding retention
monies (or not releasing guarantees in lieu of retention) depending upon the state of cover
at the end of the defects notification period. Such extension may continue until closure of
the relevant quarry or borrow pit has been secured,

Rehabilitation of affected areas should be undertaken as early as possible when the

relevant activities are done in order to reduce further environmental damage. All re-
vegetation should be undertaken using indigenous vegetation. The standard of
rehabilitation should be to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the relevant authorities. The
Department of Minerals Resources will only issue closure certificates for borrow pits and
quarries when they are satisfied with the rehabilitation undertaken. It should also be noted
that in some cases there is a requirement for a final environmental audit covering the extent
of the project.

C1010 RECORD KEEPING

The Engineer and the DEO will continuously monitor the Contractor’s adherence to the
approved impact prevention procedures and the DEO shall submit regular written reports
to the ECO and to the Engineer at least once a month. The DEO will report the
environmental compliance performance of the project at regular site meeting. The Engineer
shall issue to the Contractor a notice of non-compliance whenever transgressions are
observed. The DEO shall document the nature and magnitude of the non-compliance in a
designated register, the action taken to discontinue the non-compliance, the action taken
to mitigate its effects and the results of the actions. The non-compliance shall be
documented and reported to the Engineer in the monthly report.

Copies of all authorisations shall be kept on site and made available for inspection by
visiting officials from SANRAL, relevant authorities or internal/external auditors.

C1011 COMPLIANCE AND PENALTIES

The Contractor shall act immediately when a notice of non-compliance is received and
correct whatever is the cause for the issuing of the notice. Complaints received regarding
activities on the construction site pertaining to the environment shall be recorded in a
dedicated register and the response noted with the date and action taken. This record shall
be submitted with the monthly reports and an oral report given at the monthly site meetings.

Any non-compliance/omissions with the procedures in this EMPl, environmental

authorisations and the approved EMPr constitute a breach of the Conditions of Contract.
Regulatory financial penalties imposed on SANRAL shall be passed onto the defaulting
parties.

C1012 PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

The project specific conditions related to the THE IMPROVEMENT OF NATIONAL ROAD
R335 BETWEEN MOTHERWELL AND ADDO, PHASE 1 (km 5.16 to km 27.5)
are listed in the EMPR and in the Environmental Authorisation as included in Volume 7.

The conditions for commencement of work are listed below:

The construction activity must commence within a period of five (5) years of the date of
Authorisation, being 25 March 2020.

A written notification of operation must be given to the Department of Environmental Affairs

no longer than fourteen (14) days prior to the commencement of the operational phase.

C3-62
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
TABLE 7/1: MECHANISMS THAT CAUSE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES
Environmental Impacts
Contents Deformation of
Pollution Type Soil erosion Alien Vegetation Sensitive Areas
Landscape
Waste treatment Selection of site Selection of site Preserve indigenous When the site camp
Hazardous waste Preserve indigenous Preserve indigenous vegetation known compliance with
Camp
Water supply vegetation vegetation Preserve topsoil the EMPr will be
Establishment
Spillage Preserve topsoil Preserve topsoil Management of weeds enforced.
Storage
Waste treatment Selection of site Selection of site Preserve indigenous Accidental waste water
Hazardous waste Preserve indigenous Preserve indigenous vegetation discharges to water and
Housing, Offices Water supply vegetation vegetation Preserve topsoil land.
and laboratories Spillage Preserve topsoil Preserve topsoil Management of weeds
Storage Demarcate sensitive
Noise/lights areas
Waste treatment Selection of site Selection of site Preserve indigenous The EMPr conditions will
Hazardous waste Preserve indigenous Preserve indigenous vegetation be enforced during traffic
Water supply vegetation vegetation Preserve topsoil control operations. Litter
Accommodation
Spillage Preserve topsoil Preserve topsoil Management of weeds will be managed, and
of Traffic
Storage Demarcate sensitive toilet facilities will be
Noise/lights areas available.
Dust control Maintenance of windrows
Spillage Turning circles Restrict access to Protection of indigenous No sensitive areas
Storage Parking areas sensitive areas vegetation known on haul routes.
Noise/lights Preserve topsoil No-go areas will be
Overhaul
Dust control enforced during haulage
Exhaust fumes operations.
Washing waste
Waste treatment Selection of site Selection of site Protection of indigenous Removal and/or damage
Hazardous waste Preserve indigenous Preserve indigenous vegetation to fauna, flora, cultural or
Clearing and Water supply vegetation vegetation Preserve topsoil heritage objects on site
grubbing Noise /lights Preserve topsoil Preserve topsoil will be prohibited without
Dust control the required permits
being in place.

C3-63
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Environmental Impacts
Contents Deformation of
Pollution Type Soil erosion Alien Vegetation Sensitive Areas
Landscape
Waste treatment Selection of site Selection of site Preserve indigenous Pollution of water
Hazardous waste Preserve indigenous Preserve indigenous vegetation sources. Damage to
Water supply vegetation vegetation Preserve topsoil sensitive environments.
Drainage
Spillage Preserve topsoil Preserve topsoil Management of weeds
Storage

Waste treatment Selection of site Selection of site Preserve indigenous Hazardous chemical/oil
Hazardous waste Preserve indigenous Preserve indigenous vegetation spill and/or dumping in
Water supply vegetation vegetation Preserve topsoil non-approved sites.
Borrow pits
Spillage Preserve topsoil Preserve topsoil Management of weeds Damage to sensitive
Storage environments.

Waste treatment Selection of site Selection of site Preserve indigenous Hazardous chemical/oil
Hazardous waste Preserve indigenous Preserve indigenous vegetation spill and/or dumping in
Water supply vegetation vegetation Preserve topsoil non-approved sites.
Stockpiling
Spillage Preserve topsoil Preserve topsoil Management of weeds Damage to sensitive
Storage environments.

Waste treatment Selection of site Selection of site Preserve indigenous Uncontrolled/unmanaged

Hazardous waste Preserve indigenous Preserve indigenous vegetation erosion.
Water supply vegetation vegetation Preserve topsoil Unauthorised blasting
Mass Earthworks Spillage Preserve topsoil Preserve topsoil Management of weeds activities
Storage Excess dust or excess
noise emanating from
site.
Waste treatment Selection of site Selection of site Preserve indigenous Unauthorised blasting
Hazardous waste Preserve indigenous Preserve indigenous vegetation activities
Water supply vegetation vegetation Preserve topsoil Any vehicles being
Pavement layers Spillage Preserve topsoil Preserve topsoil Management of weeds driven in excess of
Storage Demarcate sensitive designated speed limits.
Noise / lights areas Persistent or unrepaired
Dust control Maintenance of windrows fuel and oil leaks

C3-64
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Environmental Impacts
Contents Deformation of
Pollution Type Soil erosion Alien Vegetation Sensitive Areas
Landscape

Waste treatment Selection of site Selection of site Preserve indigenous Hazardous chemical/oil
Hazardous waste Preserve indigenous Preserve indigenous vegetation spill
Water supply vegetation vegetation Preserve topsoil Persistent or unrepaired
Spillage Preserve topsoil Preserve topsoil fuel and oil leaks
Asphalt works /
Storage Turning circles
sealing
Noise / lights Parking areas
operations
Dust control
Smoke control
Storage of materials

Waste treatment Selection of site Selection of site Preserve indigenous Urination and defecation
Hazardous waste Preserve indigenous Preserve indigenous vegetation anywhere except at
Ancillary Water supply vegetation vegetation Preserve topsoil designated facilities
roadworks Spillage Preserve topsoil Preserve topsoil Management of weeds Littering on site.
Storage Lighting of illegal fires on
site.
Waste treatment Selection of site Selection of site Preserve indigenous Persistent or unrepaired
Hazardous waste Preserve indigenous Preserve indigenous vegetation fuel and oil leaks
Water supply vegetation vegetation Preserve topsoil Littering on site.
Structures
Spillage Preserve topsoil Preserve topsoil Management of weeds Urination and defecation
Storage anywhere except at
designated facilities

C3-65
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL ROADS AGENCY SOC LIMITED

CONTRACT SANRAL NRA-R335-010-2017/1

FOR THE IMPROVEMENT OF NATIONAL ROUTE R335 FROM MOTHERWELL (KM 5.16) TO
ADDO TOWN (KM 37.16)
PHASE 1: KM 5.16 TO KM 27.5

SECTION D: STAKEHOLDER AND COMMUNITY LIAISON, AND TARGETED LABOUR AND

TARGETED ENTERPRISES UTILISATION AND DEVELOPMENT

C3-66
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
SECTION D: STAKEHOLDER AND COMMUNITY LIAISON, AND TARGETED LABOUR AND
TARGETED ENTERPRISES UTILISATION AND DEVELOPMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE

D1001 SCOPE ................................................................................................................... C3-68

D1002 DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE LEGISLATION ............................................... C3-68
D1003 TARGET GROUP PARTICIPATION ..................................................................... C3-72
D1004 STAKEHOLDER AND COMMUNITY LIAISON AND SOCIAL FACILITATION ... C3-76
D1005 MOBILISATION PERIOD ....................................................................................... C3-80
D1006 THE ROLE OF THE ENGINEER ........................................................................... C3-82
D1007 TENDER PROCESS FOR TARGETED ENTERPRISES ...................................... C3-83
D1008 GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR TOWARDS
TARGETED ENTERPRISES ........................................................................................................... C3-91
D1009 WORK SUITABLE FOR EXECUTION BY TARGETED ENTERPRISES ............. C3-94
D1010 TRAINING, COACHING, GUIDANCE, MENTORING AND ASSISTANCE .......... C3-95
D1011 LABOUR ENHANCED CONSTRUCTION ........................................................... C3-102
D1012 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ........................................................................... C3-103
D1013 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ...................................................................... C3-103

C3-67
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
D1001 SCOPE

Section D of the Specifications describes the structured engagement with project

Stakeholders and affected Communities to the project. It also guides the selection and the
enhanced utilisation and development of Targeted Labour and Targeted Enterprises.

D1001.01 Employer’s Fourteen Point Plan

The scope of the work described in this Section D of the Specifications shall be based on
the Employer’s 14 principles for project liaison, sub-contracting and labour sourcing in all
SANRAL projects, which are stipulated below:
1. Establish project liaison committees (PLCs) in each project to create a platform for
project liaison, works execution, sub-contracting and employment facilitation.
2. SANRAL to chair PLCs and provide secretarial support. Representation to comprise:
SANRAL; contractor; consultant; business representatives; traditional
representatives; provincial and municipal government representatives (not
politicians); community representatives; and any other critical local stakeholder that
may be deemed necessary by the PLC.
3. Project Liaison Officer (PLO) selection to be done under the auspices of the PLC.
4. Definition of a target area (sometimes referred to as a local area or traffic area) to
be done under the auspices of the PLC.
5. Setup a database of contractors and suppliers (and consultants where relevant) to
be done under the auspices of the PLC. The final database to be signed off by the
PLC.
6. Setup of database of local labour for the target area to be done under the auspices
of the PLC. The final list to be signed off by the PLC. An agreed system of labour
selection from the database is to be agreed at the PLC.
7. Handover of signed-off databases for subcontracting and labour to contractor for
open tender process and recruitment respectively done by the PLC.
8. Tender to be conducted by contractor using government principles (e.g. public
opening of received bids, announcement of bidders and prices). Tabling of winning
bidders in the PLC.
9. Appeals on the tender process to be escalated to SANRAL for an independent
review.
10. Capability assessments of contractors and suppliers to be done under auspices of
the PLC prior to tender stage, to identify any deficiencies in skills and experience.
For labour, skills assessments are to be done at recruitment stage.
11. Contractor development support and training to be coordinated and conducted,
ahead under the auspices of the PLC, prior to project commencement.
12. Identification of works areas that are deliverable by local service providers, and
areas where capabilities are not available locally. All works areas where capabilities
are not available locally shall be imported and locals will be given an opportunity to
learn.
13. Formal contracting arrangements to be ensured for all projects.
14. Communication to be streamlined through the PLC and used to manage
expectations of local business and communities.

These principles must be applied to facilitate better project level liaison with project
Stakeholders and affected Communities. In addition, these principles serve to ensure
communication and transparency in the execution of the Works and to facilitate inclusivity
in the allocation of projects to benefit black business and local communities.

D1002 DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE LEGISLATION

The definitions and legislation listed below informs the requirements of this Section D of
the Specifications for Stakeholder and Community Liaison, Targeted Labour employment
and Targeted Enterprise subcontracting.

C3-68
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
D1002.01 Definitions

Unless inconsistent with the context, in these Specifications, the following words, terms or
expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:

a) Business Coaching

Business coaching establishes an atmosphere of mutual trust, respect, responsibility

and accountability to motivate the emerging business owner and his team. To that
end, the business coach must conduct an ethical and competent practice, based on
appropriate professional experience and business knowledge.

b) Community1

South African Citizens, as defined in terms of the South African Citizenship Act, 1995
(Act 88 of 1995), who permanently reside within the Target and Project Area(s) of
the project.

c) Contract Participation

A process by which the Employer implements Government’s objectives by setting

targets to enhance Targeted Labour and Targeted Enterprises’ utilisation and
development, which the Contractor shall achieve as a minimum.

d) Contract Participation Goal (CPG)

The monetary value of the targets set by the Employer in the contract participation
requirements as stated in the Contract Data.

e) Contract Participation Performance (CPP)

The measure of the Contractor’s progress in achieving the CPG.

f) Designated Group2, 3

Unless otherwise permissible in terms of procurement regulations or the PPPFA,

“Designated Group” means:
i) black designated groups;
ii) black people;
iii) women;
iv) people with disabilities; or
v) small enterprises, as defined in Section 1 of the National Small Enterprise Act,
1996 (Act No. 102 of 1996);

g) Guidance

Guidance is anticipating where one might go wrong, or where one is doing a task in
a complicated, inefficient or ineffective way, and giving help, advice and direction as
to how to achieve a better result. Guidance is mostly given by a person in the direct
reporting line but can be given by anyone. Guidance is not imparting skills but
suggesting ways to improve performance.

h) Labour

Persons:
i) who are employed by the Contractor or a Subcontractor in the performance of
the Contract; and
ii) who resides in the Target and Project Area(s); and

1
SANS 10845, Suite for Construction Procurement, 2015.
2 Derived from Preferential Procurement Regulations, 2017. Government Gazette N. 40553, 20 January 2017.
3 Derived from Preferential Procurement Regulations, 2017. Implementation Guide.

C3-69
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 iii) whose monthly earnings are derived from hours worked for a fixed hourly rate
which is adjusted from time to time by legislation (as a statutory minimum) and
the Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s employment policies;
iv) but who are not Targeted Labour as stated in the Contract Data.

The personnel employed by the suppliers of goods and material are not defined as
“Labour” for the purposes of this Contract.

i) Mentoring

Mentoring is a professional relationship in which an experienced business person

assists another by giving advice and imparting their knowledge in developing special
skills and knowledge that will enhance the less experienced business person’s
professional and personal growth. The objective is to equip the emerging business
owner and his team to improve their decision-making skills, being focussed and
make positive progress quickly.

j) Mobilisation Period

The period from the Contract Commencement Date up to just before the
commencement of the Works, which period (duration) is stated in the Contract Data.

k) Project Area

The area through which the road under construction traverse or which is adjacent to
and/or in proximity to project operations.

Based on market research and/or resources and skills audits, Project Areas other
than defined above may be identified where preference would be given to Targeted
Enterprises for subcontracting opportunities.

l) Project Liaison Committee (PLC) 4

The Committee that represents the Employer, Engineer, Contractor, project

Stakeholders and the Communities affected by the project.

It is important to note that:

i) elected and/or nominated political office bearers shall not be members of the
PLC.
ii) The Engineer and Contractor become members of the PLC on their
appointment and participate in the Committee within the scope of their
respective roles and responsibilities.

m) Project Liaison Officer (PLO)5

The person who acts as the liaison officer for the project. The PLO facilitates the
selection of Targeted Labour to be employed by the Contractor and attends to the
day to day project, Stakeholder, and Community matters that impact on the parties
to the PLC.

n) Stakeholders6

Any Stakeholder listed in the Employer’s Communication Policy who is affected by

the Employer’s operations in the Project Area(s) and/or who has an interest or
concern in the project, either as a decision maker, participant or affected party and
may include, amongst others, the following entities:
i) Relevant Provincial departments;

4 Derived from CIDB Standard for Minimum Requirements for Engaging Contractors and Sub-Contractors on construction Works Contracts,
31 October 2017.
5 Derived from CIDB Standard for Minimum Requirements for Engaging Contractors and Sub-Contractors on construction Works Contracts,

31 October 2017; CLO definition.

6 Derived from SANRAL communication Policy, March 2018.

C3-70
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 ii) Relevant Municipal departments;
iii) Traditional authorities;
iv) Community interest groups;
v) Organised youth representation;
vi) Organised women representation;
vii) Organised disabled people representation;
viii) Other structured community groups such as religion, education, farming, etc.
ix) Local transport industry forums, e.g. Bus and taxi;
x) Business sector forums;
xi) Road user forums;
xii) Environmental interest groups;
xiii) Road safety interest groups;
xiv) Any other recognised relevant and representative structure.

o) Subcontractor

An entity appointed by the Contractor to execute a portion of the Works as defined

in the Conditions of Contract.

p) Target Area

The geographic area defined in the Contract Data for Targeted Labour and which
typically are:
a. one or more Provinces;
b. one or more Metropolitan or District Municipalities;
c. one or more Local Municipalities;
d. one or more Wards that are predominantly located within the Project Area;
e. one or more of the areas listed in the definition of Designated Groups.

q) Targeted Enterprise7

A Targeted Enterprise is an entity to which the Contractor subcontracts a percentage

of the contract value as a condition of contract and which is:
i) an EME or QSE which is at least 51% owned by black people; or
ii) an EME or QSE which is at least 51% owned by black people who are youth;
or
iii) an EME or QSE which is at least 51% owned by black people who are women;
or
iv) an EME or QSE which is at least 51% owned by black people with disabilities;
or
v) an EME or QSE which is at least 51% owned by black people who are military
veterans; or
vi) an EME or QSE which is 51% owned by black people living in rural or
underdeveloped areas or townships; or
vii) a cooperative which is at least 51% owned by black people; or
viii) more than one of the categories referred to in paragraphs i) to vii); and
ix) which is tax and COID compliant; and.
x) CIDB registered where applicable

r) Targeted Enterprise Construction Manager (TE Construction Manager)

The full-time staff member or sub-service provider appointed by the Contractor to

develop, implement and monitor the training, development and support of Targeted
Labour and Targeted Enterprises. The TE Construction Manager also mentors,
guides and coaches the Targeted Enterprises.

s) Targeted Enterprise Procurement Coordinator (TE Procurement Coordinator)

The staff member or sub-service provider appointed by the Contractor to facilitate

the procurement of Targeted Enterprise subcontractors.

7 Partially derived from SANS 10845-5:2015, definition 2.

C3-71
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 t) Target Group

It is a group of entities and/or persons selected from the Designated Group as

defined in the Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act Regulations, 2017,
and may include both Targeted Enterprises and Targeted Labour.

u) Targeted Labour8

Persons:
i) who are employed by the Contractor or a Subcontractor in the performance of
the Contract; and
ii) whose monthly earnings are derived from hours worked for a fixed hourly rate
which is adjusted from time to time by legislation (as a statutory minimum) and
the Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s employment policies; and
iii) permanently reside in the Target Area(s) or who are recognized as being
residents of the Target Area(s) based on identification and association with,
and recognition by, the residents of the Target Area(s); and
iv) who are stated as being Targeted Labour in the Contract Data.

v) Training

Training refers to the process of teaching a Trainee, usually in a classroom or

simulated work environment situation where principles, theory, knowledge and skills
are taught, and demonstrations are given. Assignments are set to ensure that the
Trainee can apply what has been taught. Training is done by a specialist in the
subject, and who is qualified and accredited to train. The objective is to improve the
competency of the Trainee.

D1002.02 Applicable Legislation, Regulations and Standards

The following Acts, as amended from time to time, are predominant amongst those which
apply to the Construction Industry and are listed here for reference purposes only:
a) The Constitution of South Africa;
b) Public Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act No. 1 of 1999);
c) Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act, 2000 (Act No. 5 of 2000) and its
regulations;
d) Construction Industry Development Board Act, 2000 (Act No. 38 of 2000);
e) Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act, 2003 (Act No. 53 of 2003);
f) The South African National Roads Agency Limited and National Roads Act, 1998
(Act No. 7 of 1998);
g) The Skills Development Act, 1998 (Act No. 97 of 1998); and
h) The amended Construction Sector Codes published in Notice 931 of 2017 of
Government Gazette No. 41287 on 1 December 2017 by the Department of Trade
and Industry.

The following Standards and Practice Notes, as amended from time to time, are applicable
in terms of Targeted Labour and Targeted Enterprises and are used fully or portions thereof
in this Section D of the Specifications:
i. SANS 10845: 2015, Parts 5, 7 and 8; and
ii. CIDB Standard for Contract Participation Goals for Targeted Enterprises and Labour
through Construction Works Contracts, 31 October 2017.

D1003 TARGET GROUP PARTICIPATION

This part of Section D of the Specifications describes the Employer’s requirements for the
establishment of Target Group databases from which participants in the project will be
selected for employment and subcontracting.

8 SANS 10845-7:2015, definition 2.12

C3-72
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 It also describes the measurement of, and penalties or bonus to be applied, with respect
to the CPG as defined in the Contract Data.

D1003.01 Objectives of Target Group Participation

Amongst others, the key objectives of Government are to extend economic opportunities
and build entrepreneurial capacity in rural and underdeveloped areas and townships by:
a) optimising the utilisation of local resources in the Project Area;
b) developing these local resources in the execution of the project; and
c) maximising the amount of funds retained within the Project Area.

To give effect to these objectives the Contractor shall:

i) employ Targeted Labour from the Target Area(s) as stated in the Contract Data; and
ii) subcontract Targeted Enterprises as stated in the Contract Data; and
iii) give preference to Targeted Enterprises which are from rural and underdeveloped
areas and townships within the Project Area(s).

D1003.02 Targeted Labour Database

A Targeted Labour Database shall be compiled by the PLO, under the auspices of the PLC
and with the inputs of the Department of Labour, for the Target Area(s) as stated in the
Contract Data. Once the Database has been signed off by the PLC, it shall be utilised to
facilitate the selection of Targeted Labour as per the resources and skills required by the
Contractor during the different construction stages.

The Targeted Labour Database shall be updated as and when required and as agreed with
the PLC to reflect new employment seekers in the labour market.

Only Labour recruited from the Targeted Labour Database will be measured for Contract
Participation Performance (CPP).

D1003.03 Targeted Enterprise Database

The Contractor shall, under the auspices of the PLC, compile a Targeted Enterprise
Database from which Targeted Enterprises shall be subcontracted to construct portions of
the work as described in this part of Section D of the Specifications.

a) Market Analysis and Resources and Skills Audit

Following a market analysis and a resources and skills audit of Targeted Enterprises
in the Project Area, the Contractor shall apply the CPG Target Group criteria in the
Contract Data to compile a preliminary Targeted Enterprise Database.

To inform the market analysis and resources and skills audit, the Contractor shall
use the National Treasury’s Central Supplier Database (CSD) which can be obtained
from the Employer, as well as the CIDB contractor database.

b) Call for an Expression of Interest

In addition to the CSD and the CIDB database, the Contractor shall call for an
expression of interest from Targeted Enterprises in the Project Area. The call for an
expression of interest shall outline the anticipated eligibility, functionality, preference
and compliance criteria, as well as the anticipated Works content.

c) Preliminary Targeted Enterprise Database

Based on the information obtained from the CSD, CIDB and the call for an
expression of interest, the Contractor shall compile a Preliminary Targeted
Enterprise Database.

The purposes of the Preliminary Targeted Enterprise Database are:

C3-73
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 i. for the Contractor to determine if the required resources and skills to execute
the identified Targeted Enterprise work packages are available in the Project
Area(s);
ii. for the PLC to verify that Targeted Enterprises on the Preliminary Targeted
Enterprise Database are authentic in terms of the Contract Data and other
Database criteria agreed with the Contractor, and
iii. for the PLC to alert prospective Targeted Enterprises that are not on the
Preliminary Database of the opportunity.

Based on the market analysis and resources and skills audit, and the information
obtained from the call for an expression of interest, additional criteria for the
Preliminary Targeted Enterprise Database may be agreed between the Contractor
and the PLC to ensure Target Group participation as intended by the Employer.

d) Final Targeted Enterprise Database

Once the Preliminary Targeted Enterprise Database has been accepted by the PLC,
the Contractor shall invite Targeted Enterprises to tender for the Targeted Enterprise
work packages. The Preliminary Targeted Enterprise Database shall remain a “live
database” until the day of tender closure when a print-out of the CSD, based on the
Database criteria, shall become the Final Targeted Enterprise Database for the
tender and shall be signed off by the PLC.

Any Targeted Enterprise may respond to the invitation to tender, but preference shall
be given to those Targeted Enterprises that satisfy the tender criteria.

The Targeted Enterprise Database shall be updated at every instance that a new
subcontract tender or group of similar subcontract tenders are to be let for Targeted
Enterprise work packages.

Targeted Enterprises within the Project Area shall be encouraged and assisted to
register on the CSD and to become compliant with all other statutory requirements.

D1003.04 Contract Participation Goal (CPG)

The CPG is the monetary value of the participation targets set by the Employer and will be
calculated as follows:

CPG = Final Contract Value x (% Targeted Labour + % Targeted Enterprise)

The Final Contract Value is the total value of the Contractor’s final certified work measured
at the date of issue of the Taking-Over Certificate. The Final Contract Value includes the
value of scheduled work and extra work, but excludes Community Development Work and
any Contract Price Adjustment and adjustments for reduced payments, Rise and Fall,
Retention Money, Penalties and VAT.

The value of the Provisional Sum scheduled under item D10.05 will not necessarily make
up the full value of the work required to meet the minimum target set by the Employer for
Targeted Enterprises. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to assess the work required to
meet the targets and, if necessary, to engage additional Targeted Enterprises to execute
work on the Contract as well as to ensure that the minimum targets are achieved.

D1003.05 Contract Participation Performance (CPP)

The CPP is the monetary value of the Contractor’s actual progress towards achievement
of the CPG calculated as follows:

CPP = total value (excluding VAT) of Targeted Labour contribution + total value of
Targeted Enterprises contribution (excluding VAT).

The Contractor’s CPP shall be monitored monthly to determine the extent to which it is
striving to achieve the CPG. The basis of monitoring shall be the levels of the individual

C3-74
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 contributions for Targeted Labour and Targeted Enterprises. Monthly returns, in the format
required by the Employer, shall be submitted by the Contractor with each interim Payment
Certificate.

To assist in the measurement of the CPP the Contractor shall include in its contract
programme details of how the CPG will be achieved. The detail shall be provided not later
than 1 (one) month after the Engineer has accepted the original construction programme
and updated with every subsequent revision.

As an incentive to encourage the Contractor to exceed the CPG, a bonus is offered,

measured as follows:

a) CPP Bonus

The bonus = 0.05 x (CPP – CPG)

Any bonus due (or portion thereof) shall be calculated on the Final Contract Value
(as defined in D1003.04). No bonus shall apply if either the Targeted Labour,
Targeted Enterprises and/or any individual sub-targets for Target Groups are not
reached.

b) CPP Penalties

Conversely, failure to reach either the CPG or any individual Target Group targets
shall render the Contractor liable for a penalty as prescribed in clause 8.7 of the
FIDIC Conditions of Contract unless there are compelling reasons why the target or
sub-targets could not be achieved. Penalties for Targeted Labour and for Targeted
Enterprises shall be calculated as follows:

Penalty Targeted Labour = 0.15 x ((TL – TG) + Sum (TL n – TG n) - 1.2 x L dp)

Where:
n = Each lowest order subgroup of Targeted Labour stipulated in the
Contract Data.
TL = Monetary value of the Targeted Labour calculated at the
percentage stipulated in the Contract Data applied to the Final
Contract Value (as defined in D1003.04).
TG = Cumulative monetary value of Targeted Labour employed on the
contract by the Contractor and all Subcontractors.
L dp = Cumulative monetary value of black Disabled Persons employed
on the Contract by the Contractor and all Subcontractors.
(TL n - TG n) = The monetary values calculated unless if any calculated value is
negative, then it shall be a zero value.

Penalty Targeted Enterprises = 0.15 x ((TE – TGE) + Sum (TE n – TGE n) -

1.2 x TE mv - 1.2 x TE dp)

Where:
n = Each lowest order subgroup of Targeted Enterprise stipulated in
the Contract Data.
TE = Monetary value (excluding VAT) of Targeted Enterprises
calculated at the percentage stipulated in the Contract Data
applied to the Final Contract Value (as defined in D1003.04)
TGE = Cumulative monetary value (excluding VAT) by Targeted
Enterprises subcontracted to the contract by the Contractor and
50% of the cumulative monetary value (excluding VAT) by
Targeted Enterprise suppliers of goods and/or services.
TE mv = Cumulative monetary value (excluding VAT) by Targeted
Enterprises being majority owned by black Military Veterans,
subcontracted to the Contract by the Contractor.

C3-75
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 TE dp = Cumulative monetary value (excluding VAT) by Targeted
Enterprises being majority owned by black Disabled Persons,
subcontracted to the Contract by the Contractor.
(TE n – TGE n) = The monetary values calculated unless if any calculated value is
negative, then it shall be a zero value.

The total Penalty value shall be the sum of the Targeted Labour and Targeted
Enterprises Penalty values unless the total Penalty value is negative then it shall be
a zero value.

Interim penalty valuations should be calculated to interim Payment Certificate values

(excluding VAT) to establish the anticipated outcome, and to plan corrective actions,
but must not be applied to the interim certificate value.

Any Penalty payable shall be calculated on, and applied to, the Final Contract Value.

D1003.05 Accredited Registration

The CPP for Targeted Enterprises shall only be accepted if the respective Targeted
Enterprises comply fully with the definition of a Targeted Enterprise, and documentary
evidence to support the claim lodged with the Engineer before the work, goods or service
may be considered as having been performed by a Targeted Enterprise. The responsibility
for producing evidence of the respective documentation shall rest with the Contractor.

The Contractor shall assume responsibility for the compilation and maintenance of
comprehensive records detailing each Targeted Enterprise’s progress.

D1003.06 Contractor’s Responsibility

In terms of the Conditions of Contract, all Targeted Labour recruitment and employment
and Targeted Enterprises’ subcontracting, as well as its associated risks, shall remain the
sole responsibility of the Contractor.

The Employer’s CPG requirements, and the compulsory utilisation of project specific
Targeted Labour and Targeted Enterprises databases, shall not relieve the Contractor of
its obligations under the Contract and shall not attract any liability to the Employer.

D1004 STAKEHOLDER AND COMMUNITY LIAISON AND SOCIAL FACILITATION

This part of Section D of the Specifications describes the Employer’s requirements with
respect to Stakeholder and Community liaison and social facilitation. It also describes the
roles and responsibilities of the Project Liaison Committee (PLC) and the Project Liaison
Officer (PLO).

D1004.01 Purpose of Stakeholder and Community Liaison

To give effect to the need for transparency and inclusion in the process of delivering
services, the Contractor shall liaise with the project Stakeholders and affected
Communities for the duration of the Contract’s life cycle. This shall be achieved through
structured engagement with the PLC which was established by the Employer for this
purpose.

Appendix 7 - SANRAL Project Liaison Committee Guidelines, is included in Part C4 of the

Contract for ease of reference.

D1004.02 Contractor’s Responsibilities in Stakeholder and Community Liaison

The Contractor shall have the following general responsibilities in the Stakeholder and
Community liaison process:

C3-76
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 a) Stakeholder and Community engagement shall be executed based on the
Employer’s social facilitation principles and processes described in this Section D of
the Specifications.
b) The Contractor shall make use of the PLC as the official communication channel and
utilise it to facilitate harmonious relationships with project Stakeholders and affected
Communities.
c) PLC members, to which the Contractor is a party, shall be held accountable to
disseminate project information discussed at the PLC meetings to the entities they
represent.
d) As a party to the PLC, the Contractor shall delegate from among his site personnel
a responsible person to participate in the PLC and its business.
e) The Contractor shall provide the PLC with any assistance and information that it
requires to execute its duties, which amongst others, include training, providing a
meeting venue on site, provide Target Group reports, etc.

It is important to note that in terms of the Conditions of Contract, all Targeted Labour
recruitment and employment, and Targeted Enterprises’ selection and sub-contracting, as
well as its associated risks, shall remain the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The
Employer's assistance in establishing a PLC and providing a PLO to the Contractor, shall
not relieve the Contractor of its obligations under the Contract and shall not attract any
liability to the Employer.

D1004.03 Project Liaison Committee (PLC)

The PLC is the official communication channel through which the Employer, Engineer,
Contractor and project Stakeholders and affected Communities communicates on project
matters. This platform is also used to communicate the impact that the project has or may
have on project Stakeholders and the affected Communities. This part of Section D of the
Specifications describes the general processes pertaining to the PLC, as well as its role
and responsibilities.

a) Establishment of the PLC

A PLC has either been established prior to commencement of the Contract or shall
be established as soon as possible by the Employer. The PLC consists of the
Employer, Engineer, Contractor and representatives of project Stakeholders and
affected Communities.

PLC meetings shall be chaired by the Employer which will typically be the Employer’s
Project Manager or a staff member with decision-making delegation. The Engineer’s
staff shall provide a secretarial service to take minutes of PLC meetings.

Secretarial support other than taking minutes at PLC meetings shall be provided by
the PLO.

b) Duties of the PLC

The SANRAL Project Liaison Committee Guidelines requires of the PLC to execute
specific duties during the design and construction phases of the project. Some of
these duties overlap stages and hence, for completeness, a description of the PLC’s
duties in both project stages is provided here.

The PLC shall execute the following duties:

i) Project Design Stage

a. Meet as often as required to discuss and resolve the project’s design

stage matters which are of interest or concern to the parties to the PLC.
b. Peruse the SANRAL Project Liaison Committee Guidelines and agree
on the duties of, and procedures to be followed by, the PLC to fulfil its
duties.

C3-77
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Note: The principles of the Guidelines shall not be amended, but duties
and procedures may be altered to be project specific and to improve
the functionality of the PLC.
c. Act in accordance to the agreed terms of reference for the PLC.
d. Inform the Employer of any training that project Stakeholder and
affected Community representatives of the PLC require to execute their
duties.
e. Assist the Engineer to source suitable candidates, based on the
Employer’s qualifying criteria, for the position of PLO.
f. Observe and verify that the qualifying criteria and procedures applied by
the Engineer to select and employ the PLO were executed in a fair and
transparent manner and were within the prescripts of the relevant
labour legislation and regulations.
g. Assist the Engineer to identify the project’s Target and Project Area(s),
from which Targeted Labour and Targeted Enterprises could be
employed and subcontracted respectively and sign off the identified
Target and Project Area(s).
h. Assist the Engineer to identify the project’s Target Groups for inclusion
in the Tender Documents and sign off the identified Target Groups.

ii) Project Construction Stage

a. Meet formally prior to the Employer’s monthly site meeting, or as may

be required, to discuss and resolve project matters, which are of interest
or concern to the parties to the PLC.
b. Assist the Contractor to establish the selection criteria and process to
employ Targeted Labour and sign off the agreed criteria and process.
c. Assist the Contractor to identify the eligibility, functionality, preference
and compliance criteria to select and subcontract Targeted Enterprises
and sign off the identified criteria.
d. Sign off the Databases compiled by the PLO and the Contractor from
which Targeted Labour will be selected and employed and Targeted
Enterprises will be subcontracted respectively.
e. Verify that the criteria and methodologies applied by the Contractor to
select and employ Targeted Labour and subcontract Targeted
Enterprises are executed in a fair and transparent manner and are
within the Government legislation and regulations and the Employer’s
Policies.
f. Verify that the conditions of employment and the conditions of
subcontracting, in the employment of Targeted Labour and
subcontracting of Targeted Enterprises are applied in a fair and
transparent manner and according to the Employer’s employment and
subcontracting requirements.
g. Make recommendations to the Contractor on the training needs,
eligibility criteria and selection criteria for the provision of training to
Targeted Labour, Targeted Enterprises, Designated Groups, project
Stakeholders and the affected Communities.
h. Verify that training and skills development programmes, which the
Contractor committed to, are implemented and executed as approved
and intended.
i. Inform the entities whom they represent of any project matters which
the respective parties to the PLC wish to communicate with each other.
j. Inform the entities whom they represent of any project matters that are
impacting or may impact, either positively or negatively, on the
respective parties to the PLC.
k. Inform the Contractor of Stakeholder and/or Community requests
and/or needs which could possibly be addressed within the project’s
Scope of Work.
l. Inform the Employer, Engineer and Contractor of any road safety
concerns within the Project Area(s) and advise them of possible
mitigating measures and/or road safety programs that will be most

C3-78
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 suitable for acceptance by the affected Communities to promote road
safety.
m. Agree on a dispute resolution mechanism to resolve any disputes that
may arise between the parties to the PLC.
n. Assist parties to the PLC to liaise with their respective entities to resolve
any disputes amongst the parties which may occur due to the project.

D1004.04 Project Liaison Officer (PLO)

The PLO facilitates the selection and employment of Targeted Labour and coordinates
communication between the members of the PLC to address the day to day project,
Stakeholder, and Community matters that impact on the parties represented in the PLC.

a) Appointment of the PLO

The PLO is appointed by the Engineer under the auspices of the PLC and in
accordance to the Employer’s criteria for a PLO.

Although the PLO predominantly provides social facilitation support to the

Contractor, the PLO shall report to the Engineer or his delegated representative, e.g.
the Resident Engineer.

b) Duties of the PLO

The SANRAL Project Liaison Committee Guidelines requires of the PLO to execute
specific duties during the design and construction phases of the project. These
duties include the following:
(i) Except for taking the minutes of PLC meetings, which is a duty of the
Engineer, the PLO shall provide a secretariat function to the PLC which
includes, amongst others, the following:
a. Schedule meetings;
b. Compile meeting agendas;
c. Compile document packages for meetings;
d. Distribute minutes of meetings;
e. Assist representatives of project Stakeholders and affected
Communities to formulate their communication to the PLC in writing;
f. Distribute written communication between the parties to the PLC;
g. Keep records of all PLC correspondence and documentation; and
h. Provide any other reasonable secretariat function required by the PLC.
(ii) Attend all PLC meetings to report on the day to day project, Stakeholder and
Community matters that impact on the parties to the PLC.
(iii) Attend all monthly project site meetings to report on the day to day project,
Stakeholder and Community matters that impact on the parties to the PLC.
(iv) Attend any other meetings related to the project and in which any of the project
Stakeholders, affected Communities, Targeted Labour and Targeted
Enterprises are involved.
(v) Maintain a full-time presence on site to monitor and address the day to day
project, Stakeholder and Community matters that impact on the parties to the
PLC.
(vi) Maintain a full-time presence on site to assist the parties to the PLC in the day
to day liaison with each other.
(vii) Assist the Engineer and the Contractor to disseminate information to PLC
members such as:
a. the basic Scope of the Works and how it will affect the Community;
b. the project programme and regular progress updates;
c. the anticipated employment and subcontracting opportunities;
d. the project programme as it pertains to the employment of Targeted
Labour and subcontracting of Targeted Enterprises;
e. Occupational Health and Safety precautions; and
f. any other information relevant to project Stakeholders and the affected
Communities.

C3-79
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 (viii) Be well acquainted with the contractual requirements as it pertains to Targeted
Labour employment and training.
(ix) Assist the PLC to establish and agree the criteria to be followed when
selecting and employing Targeted Labour.
(x) Assist the Engineer and the Contractor in their resources and skills audits by
providing a coordinating function between the Engineer, the Contractor,
project Stakeholders, and the affected Communities.
(xi) Ensure that Targeted Labour databases are compiled based on the agreed
eligibility and selection criteria and that it is updated as and when required.
(xii) Coordinate the selection and employment of Targeted Labour based on the
agreed eligibility and selection criteria and based on the Contractor’s labour
and skills requirements.
(xiii) Ensure that each Targeted Labourer enters into an employment contract
which adheres to current and relevant Labour legislation.
(xiv) Ensure that each Targeted Labourer understands the conditions of his/her
employment contract with an emphasis on the employment start date, end
date and wages payable.
(xv) Identify and inform the Contractor of any relevant training required by the
Targeted Labour.
(xvi) Attend all disciplinary proceedings to ensure that hearings are fair and
conducted in accordance to the current and relevant Labour legislation.
(xvii) Be proactive in identifying project Stakeholder and affected Communities’
(including Targeted Labour and/or Targeted Enterprise Subcontractor),
requirements, disputes, unrest, strikes, etc. and bring it to the attention of the
PLC.
(xviii) Assist the parties to the PLC to resolve any disputes, which may occur due to
the project.
(xix) Other than the document records to be kept as mentioned above, keep record
of all other documents and processes pertaining to the employment of
Targeted Labour.
(xx) Produce and submit a monthly report to the PLC on PLC and other meetings
attended by the PLO, as well as on Targeted Labour employment, and project
Stakeholder, affected Community and any other project matters that impact
on the parties to the PLC.

D1005 MOBILISATION PERIOD

The Mobilisation Period starts at the Contract Commencement Date and ends just prior to
the Commencement of the Works. Its duration is defined in the Contract Data.

D1005.01 Purpose of the Mobilisation Period

The Mobilisation Period is introduced as an aid to the Contractor to:

a) become acquainted with the Stakeholder and Community liaison requirements of the
Contract as prescribed in this Section D;
b) allow for the Contractor’s planning to obtain the CPG as required in the Contract
Data;
c) follow the processes prescribed in this Section D to employ the initially required
Targeted Labour and enter into the first subcontracts with Targeted Enterprises; and
d) provide the training required by Targeted Labour and Targeted Enterprises to
commence with the construction of the Works.

D1005.02 Duties of the Contractor

During the Mobilisation Period, the Contractor shall execute the following duties:

a) Compile a CPG Plan

The Contractor shall compile an acceptable CPG Plan, which sets out how he
intends to achieve the various CPG targets as stated in the Contract Data, complete
with dates, work packages and values of work.

C3-80
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 The accepted CPG Plan and any amendments thereof shall be made available to
the PLC for their monitoring purposes.

The Employer and the Engineer shall monitor progress and adherence to the CPG
Plan in the same manner as they would monitor the Works Programme.

The Mobilisation Period shall only be concluded once the CPG Plan has been
accepted by, and all the duties above have been executed to the satisfaction of, the
Employer and the Engineer.

An extension of the Mobilisation Period will not form grounds for an extension of the
Contract duration and hence, any costs incurred by the Contractor for an extension
of the Mobilisation Period shall be for the Contractor’s cost. Should an extension of
the Mobilisation Period result in a delay of the Contract, the Employer’s delay
penalties shall apply.

b) Subcontracting of Targeted Enterprises

During the Mobilisation Period the Contractor shall execute the following duties with
regard to the subcontracting of Targeted Enterprises:
i) Liaise with the Employer, Engineer and PLC to structure and finalise the work
packages to be subcontracted to Targeted Enterprises.
ii) Liaise with the Employer, Engineer and PLC to determine the Targeted
Enterprise Database criteria for the subcontracting of Targeted Enterprises.
iii) Compile the Targeted Enterprise Database(s) for sign off by the PLC.
iv) Undertake a skills audit of the Targeted Enterprises which appear on the
Targeted Enterprise Database(s).
v) Based on the skills audit, and in consultation with the PLC, identify the pre-
tender training requirements of Targeted Enterprises.
vi) Provide an opportunity to Targeted Enterprises to receive the identified pre-
tender training.
vii) Tender the initial work packages and subcontract the first group of Targeted
Enterprises for commencement of the Works.

c) Employment of Targeted Labour

During the Mobilisation Period the Contractor shall execute the following duties with
regard to the employment of Targeted Labour:
i) Liaise with the PLC and the PLO on the compiled Targeted Labour
Database(s) for the employment of Targeted Labour.
ii) Undertake a skills audit of the Targeted Labour which appear on the Targeted
Labour Database(s).
iii) Based on the skills audit, and in consultation with the PLC, identify the training
requirements of Targeted Labour to enhance their employability.
iv) Provide an opportunity to eligible Targeted Labour to receive the identified
training to enhance their employability.
v) Select and appoint the first group of Targeted Labour for commencement of
the Works.

d) Training Requirements

The Contractor will not be able to address all the training requirements identified for
Targeted Labour and Targeted Enterprises during the Mobilisation Period and it is
accepted that training will take place over the duration of the Contract.

The training provided to both Targeted Enterprises and Targeted Labour during the
Mobilisation Period shall focus on the activities and/or skills required for the
commencement of the Works and shall include the mandatory Occupational Health
and Safety training.

C3-81
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
D1006 THE ROLE OF THE ENGINEER

The role and responsibilities of the Engineer are clearly described in the Conditions of
Contract. This section elaborates on the Engineer’s duties with respect to Stakeholder and
Community liaison, Targeted Labour Employment and Targeted Enterprise subcontracting.

Together with the Employer and the Contractor, the Engineer is also a party to the PLC
and hence, is co-responsible for successful project Stakeholder and Community liaison.

In addition, the Engineer shall play a supporting role to the Contractor in the successful
implementation of the Employer’s Targeted Labour and Targeted Enterprise utilisation and
development goals.

D1006.01 Duties During the Design Phase

During the design phase, the Engineer undertook a preliminary skills and resources audit
of the Targeted Enterprises in the Project Area. The purpose of the audit was to:
a) obtain an understanding of the Community’s skills, both academically and
occupationally;
b) obtain an understanding of the resources within the Community, i.e. Targeted
Enterprise availability and capabilities;
c) establish the CPG targets for Targeted Enterprises and Targeted Labour for
inclusion of the Contract Data; and
d) identify tender and other relevant training to be offered to Targeted Enterprises and
Targeted Labour to prepare them for tendering and to enhance their employability.

D1006.02 Duties During the Construction Phase

To implement the Employer’s Targeted Labour and Targeted Enterprise goals, the
Engineer shall provide support to the Contractor by executing the following duties:

a) Targeted Enterprise Subcontracting

i) Make recommendations to the Contractor in identifying and structuring the

work packages to be subcontracted to Targeted Enterprises and approve the
scope and extent of the work packages.
ii) Verify that the Targeted Enterprise Database(s) has been updated prior to the
letting of every new set of subcontracts.
iii) Approve tender procedures, tender documents, tender submission
requirements and adjudication processes for the subcontracting of Targeted
Enterprises.
iv) Review all tender adjudication reports and monitor that the criteria and
procedures applied by the Contractor to subcontract Targeted Enterprises are
executed in a fair and transparent manner and are within the Employer’s and
Government’s Supply Chain Management Policies.
v) Verify that subcontract agreements and the conditions of subcontracting with
Targeted Enterprises are fair and transparent and within the prescripts of the
Contract requirements.
vi) Monitor the management of Targeted Enterprise subcontracts and ensure that
conditions such as the application of penalties, the termination of contracts,
etc. are applied in a fair and transparent manner and within the prescripts of
the agreement.

b) Targeted Labour Employment

i) Verify that the Labour Database(s) from which Targeted Labour will be
employed is updated prior to every new Labour intake.
ii) Monitor that the criteria and procedures applied by the Contractor to employ
Targeted Labour are executed in a fair and transparent manner and is within
the Contract requirements.

C3-82
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 iii) Monitor that the conditions of employment of Targeted Labour are applied in
a fair and transparent manner and within the prescripts of the current and
relevant Labour legislation.

c) Target Group Training Requirements

i) Make recommendations to the Contractor in identifying the training

requirements of Targeted Labour and Targeted Enterprises and approve the
proposed training programmes.
ii) Monitor that training programmes and support programmes, which the
Contractor committed to, are implemented and executed as intended.

D1007 TENDER PROCESS FOR TARGETED ENTERPRISES

While the Contractor may utilise service providers, sub-contractors and suppliers of its
choice and selected via its own internal processes, for the subcontracting of Targeted
Enterprises based on the Employer’s Contract Participation Goals, the Contractor shall
follow the prescripts of this Section D.

D1007.01 Targeted Enterprise (TE) Procurement Coordinator

The Contractor shall appoint a TE Procurement Coordinator to facilitate the subcontracting

of work to Targeted Enterprises as defined in the Contract Data. For Contracts with a value
of less than R100 million the Contractor may appoint a TE Procurement Coordinator from
its site staff. For Contracts with a value of more than R100 million the Contractor shall
employ or subcontract a dedicated TE Procurement Coordinator, whose sole responsibility
will be the management of Targeted Enterprise procurement and sub-contracting matters.

The TE Procurement Coordinator shall be knowledgeable of, and have experience in, the
management of road construction and ancillary works, National Treasury supply chain
management legislation and regulations, and stakeholder relations management.

Under the auspices of the PLC, the TE Procurement Coordinator shall conduct the tender
processes and procedures for Targeted Enterprise subcontracting as prescribed in this
Section D and shall adhere to the Employer’s and Government’s Supply Chain
Management Policies and requirements as set out in the Contract Data.

D1007.02 Procedures for Targeted Enterprises Subcontracting

The identification and application of the eligibility and functionality criteria, and conducting
the tender processes and procedures for subcontracting include, amongst others, the
following tasks:

a) Tender Preparation

i) Compile preliminary list of subcontracting work packages

Based on the Contract Data and the Scope of the Works, the Contractor shall
compile a preliminary list of the work packages (scope of work and number of
packages) that are anticipated to be subcontracted to Targeted Enterprises.

The Contractor shall refer to the construction activities that have been
identified as being suitable for construction by Targeted Enterprises as listed
in Section D1009 of these Project Specifications, and to any other construction
activities which are required to execute the Works in terms of this Contract, to
determine how to unbundle or package subcontracts for Targeted Enterprises.

ii) Conduct a market analysis and resources and skills audit

Based on the preliminary list of work packages, the Contractor shall conduct
a market analysis and resources and skills audits to determine the availability

C3-83
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 of the required resources and skills in the Project Area to execute the
anticipated subcontractor work packages. The Contractor shall consult the
following databases as a minimum:
a. Construction Industry Development Board (CIDB)’s contractor
database.
b. National Treasury’s Central Supplier Database (CSD) to be obtained
from the Employer.

iii) Call for an expression of interest

In addition to consulting the CIDB contractor database and National

Treasury’s CSD, the Contractor shall call for an expression of interest, which
shall be published in newspapers and at locations as agreed by the PLC.

For each group of work packages, the call for an expression of interest shall
outline:
a. evaluation and selection criteria such as eligibility, preference and
functionality.
b. compliance requirements such as CSD and CIDB registration, tax
clearance and COID.
c. the anticipated scope of the works to be undertaken.

iv) Establish a Targeted Enterprise Helpdesk

Other than informing the Contractor’s market analysis and resources and skills
audits, the purpose of the call for an expression of interest is to alert Targeted
Enterprises of the subcontracting opportunities and inform them of the
anticipated eligibility, preference and functionality criteria, as well as of the
compliance requirements.

The Contractor shall enhance the readiness of Targeted Enterprises to

participate in the subcontracting opportunities by establishing a helpdesk at a
suitable and easily accessible location in the Project Area.

The Contractor shall provide guidance to Targeted Enterprises in getting their

statutory requirements in order in anticipation of the subcontracting
opportunities. The helpdesk shall assist with, or provide guidance in,
registering with the CSD and the CIDB, obtaining tax clearance and COID
compliance and any other relevant qualifying requirements.

v) Compile Preliminary Targeted Enterprise Database

Based on the CPG targets listed in the Contract Data and the information
obtained from the activities described in paragraphs ii) and iii) above, the
Contractor shall compile a Preliminary Targeted Enterprise Database.

In compiling the preliminary Targeted Enterprise Database, the Contractor

must bear in mind that the benchmark for an adequate number of tenderers
to ensure a competitive tender process is ten (10) tenderers that are able to
achieve the functionality threshold during the tender evaluation.

vi) Identify Targeted Enterprises, Target Groups and Project Area(s)

Based on the CPG targets listed in the Contract Data and the Preliminary
Targeted Enterprise Database, the Contractor shall identify the:
a. Targeted Enterprises (CIDB grades and types); and
b. Designated Groups (woman, youth, etc.) which are anticipated to
benefit from the subcontracting opportunities; and
c. Project Area(s) from which Targeted Enterprises will be given
preference for subcontracting opportunities.

C3-84
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 vii) Compile a Contract Participation Goal (CPG) Plan

The Contractor shall utilise all the information gathered from the activities
described in the paragraphs above to compile an acceptable CPG Plan. The
plan shall contain:
a. a list of work packages (scope of work and number of packages) to be
subcontracted to Targeted Enterprises;
b. the preliminary Targeted Enterprise Database(s) for each work
package;
c. the Targeted Enterprises (CIDB grades and types) and Designated
Groups (woman, youth, etc.) which are to benefit from the
subcontracting opportunities;
d. the Project Area(s) from which Targeted Enterprises will be given
preference for subcontracting opportunities; and
e. the tender evaluation and selection criteria for the respective work
packages.

viii) Approval and sign-off of the CPG Plan

The Contractor shall submit the CPG Plan to the Employer and the Engineer
for approval and table it to the PLC for sign-off.

The Contractor shall ensure that the tender requirements and the outcome of
different tendering scenarios are explained to the PLC, specifically with
respect to the outcomes of evaluating:
a. Eligibility criteria;
b. Functionality structuring and scenarios;
c. Price and Preference;
d. Compliance requirements; and
e. Negotiation processes (if applicable).

If required, the Contractor shall make amendments to the CPG Plan based on
the PLC’s recommendations and the Engineer’s instructions.

ix) Compile tender documents

The Contractor shall compile the tender documents for each Targeted
Enterprise subcontract work package. If the Employer has a proforma tender
document available, the Contractor shall use this document.

In compiling the subcontract tender documents, the Contractor shall include

in each tender document relevant Conditions of Tender and the FIDIC
subcontract agreement. The Contractor shall compile each subcontract tender
document in a manner that facilitates the achievement of all objectives and
principles pertaining to the development of the Targeted Enterprises.

The draft subcontract tender documents shall be approved by the Engineer

before letting the tender.

b) Tender Process

i) Advertise the subcontract packages

The Contractor shall advertise and invite tenders from Targeted Enterprises
for the respective subcontract packages. Advertisements shall be placed in
local newspapers, on community notice boards and any other place or
medium as agreed with the PLC.

If the Employer has a proforma Tender Notice available, the Contractor shall
use this document.

C3-85
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 ii) Conduct a tender briefing and tender training session

For each group of subcontract packages, the Contractor shall conduct a

compulsory briefing session to explain the tender process, the evaluation and
selection criteria and the scope of the works to the Targeted Enterprises.

An Attendance Register shall be completed by all attendees and Minutes shall

be taken during the briefing session. The Minutes of the briefing session shall
be distributed to all attendees as an Addendum to the Tender Documents.

The Contractor shall conduct a “how to complete a tender document” training

session as a component of the tender briefing to interested Targeted
Enterprises. The level of detail and hence the duration of the training session
shall be informed by the findings of the resources and skills audit conducted
during the Tender Preparation Phase.

Notes of this training session shall be distributed to all attendees of the briefing
session as an Addendum to the Tender Documents, irrespective if they have
attended the training session or not.

A separate Attendance Register shall be completed for the training session

for future reference.

iii) Minimum tender submission documents

It shall be a condition of tender that Targeted Enterprises include in their

tender submissions the following documentation (if applicable, based on the
CIDB grade required):
a. Proof of the Tenderer’s B-BBEE contributor level.
b. Proof that the Tenderer is an EME or QSE entity.
c. Proof that the Tenderer is registered on National Treasury’s CSD.
d. Proof that the Tenderer is registered with the CIDB in the required
grading and class (not applicable to suppliers).
e. Proof that the Tenderer is compliant with the COID Act.
f. Proof that the Tenderer is tax compliant.

iv) Tender closure and opening of tenders

Tenders for the subcontract packages shall close at a stipulated time and
date. Tenders shall be submitted to the Contractor in the format and at the
address prescribed by the Contractor in the subcontract Tender Data.

The tender opening shall be conducted by the Contractor who shall publicly
announce and record the names of all bidders and their tender prices.

v) Finalise Targeted Enterprise Database

The purposes of the preliminary Targeted Enterprise Database are described

in paragraph (v) of the Tender Preparation phase above of which one is to
alert Targeted Enterprises to assess their readiness to participate in the
project’s subcontractor opportunities.

The period between the Contractor’s call for an expression of interest and the
date of closure of the relevant subcontract tender allows for prospective
Tenderers to become compliant to the database criteria. The preliminary
database is thus a “live” database until the date of tender closure.

On the date of tender closure, the Contractor shall request the Employer to
print out a list from National Treasury’s CSD, of entities that adhere to the
Targeted Enterprise Database criteria. This list shall become the Final
Targeted Enterprise Database for relevant subcontract tender and shall be
submitted to the PLC for sign-off.

C3-86
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 c) Tender Evaluation

The Contractor shall evaluate the tenders and it shall be a condition of tender that
tenders will only be accepted from Targeted Enterprises that fully comply with the
definition of a Targeted Enterprise as described in the Contract Data.

The Contractor shall evaluate the tenders based on (1) Eligibility, (2) Functionality,
(3) Price and Preference, and (4) Compliance.

i) Stage 1 – Eligibility

Tenderers shall be checked for their eligibility to tender for the advertised
subcontract packages based on the following eligibility criteria:
a. Proof that the Tenderer is registered on National Treasury’s CSD (the
Tenderer must be on the signed off Targeted Enterprise Database).
b. The Tenderer’s B-BBEE contributor level; and
c. The Tenderer’s entity status, i.e. being a EME or QSE.

Eligible Tenderers shall be further evaluated against the functionality criteria.

ii) Stage 2 – Functionality

No Targeted Enterprise may be prohibited from responding to the invitation to

tender, however, preference shall be given to those Targeted Enterprises that
adhere to the tender criteria which, amongst others, shall be measured by
means of a functionality evaluation.

To ensure Targeted Enterprise participation as it is intended by the Employer

and defined in the Contract Data, “locality”, “Designated Group” and “CIDB
grading and class” shall form part of the functionality criteria and a higher
weighting shall be allocated to these three criteria

Functionality shall be scored based on:

a. Locality (project area(s));
b. CIDB grade and class (targeted entity); and
c. Designated Groups e.g. woman, youth, etc.

Tenderers must score a minimum of 75% for functionality and Tenderers that
do not obtain the threshold shall not be further evaluated.

The functionality matrixes below were developed as an example of the

allocation of points for the respective functionality criteria:

Table D1007 (a) – Example of Maximum Points per Functionality Criteria

Points out of 100
CIDB Grade and
Designated Total Points
Package Value Locality CIDB Grading
Groups
1-R 500 000 60 30 10 100

2 - R 1 000 000 60 30 10 100

3 - R 3 000 000 60 35 5 100

4 - R 6 000 000 60 35 5 100

5 - R 10 000 000 60 35 5 100

6 - R 20 000 000 60 35 5 100

7 - R 60 000 000 60 30 10 100

C3-87
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 The above maximum points per functionality criteria must be further broken
down as in the example matrix below:

Table D1007 (b) – Example of Allocation of Points for Functionality Criteria

CIDB Package Category 1CE 2CE 3CE 4CE 5CE 6CE
R 1 mill to R 6 mill to
Typical Package Value Up to R 1 mill
R 6 mill R 20 mill
Tenderer is based in the Local
60 60 60 60 60 60
Municipality(ies).
Tenderer is based outside the Local
Municipality(ies) but in the District 45 45 40 40 40 40
Locality

Municipality(ies).
Tenderer is based outside the District
0 0 35 35 35 35
Municipality(ies), but in the Province.
Tenderer is based outside the
0 0 0 0 30 30
Province, but in the RSA.

Tenderer is registered as a CIDB 1 30 30 0 0 0 0

Tenderer is registered as a CIDB 2 30 30 30 0 0 0

CIDB Grading

Tenderer is registered as a CIDB 3 0 0 35 30 0 0

Tenderer is registered as a CIDB 4 0 0 30 35 30 0

Tenderer is registered as a CIDB 5 0 0 0 30 35 30

Tenderer is registered as a CIDB 6 0 0 0 0 30 35

Tenderer is registered as a CIDB 7 and
0 0 0 0 0 30
higher

Tenderer is 51%+ owned by black

5 5 5 5 5 5
Designated Groups

people who are youth.

(no max score)

Tenderer is 51%+ owned by black

5 5 5 5 5 5
people who are women.
Tenderer is 51%+ owned by black
5 5 5 5 5 5
people with disabilities.
Tenderer is 51%+ owned by black
5 5 5 5 5 5
people who are military veterans.
Maximum Total Points 100 100 100 100 100 100

iii) Stage 3 – Price and Preference

Tenderers that obtained the minimum threshold for functionality shall be

further evaluated on their Price and Preference submissions, i.e.:
a. Price = 80 / 90 %
b. Preference = 20 / 10 %

The highest scoring tenderer for each subcontract package shall be checked
for compliance.

C3-88
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 The Contractor shall state in the tender advertisement and in the tender
documents that only one subcontract package shall be awarded to an entity
at any one time for this project, meaning that a Targeted Enterprise may be
awarded a work package and on conclusion thereof may be awarded a
subsequent work package, but more than one work package may not be
awarded simultaneously for this project.

If a tenderer tendered for more than one subcontract package and scored the
highest points in more than one package, the Contractor shall award to the
tenderer the work package that has the most economic benefit to the
Employer.

iv) Stage 4 – Compliance Check

The highest scoring tenderer for each subcontract package shall be checked
for compliance with respect to the following criteria:
a. Proof that the Tenderer is compliant with the COID Act (excluding CIDB
1 and 2 CE).
b. Proof that the Tenderer is tax compliant.

If the highest scoring tenderer fails to meet any of the compliance criteria, he
will be given seven (7) calendar days to become compliant.

If the highest scoring tenderer fails to submit the requested compliance

information in the required timeframe, he shall be deemed non-compliant and
the evaluator shall check the second highest tenderer for compliance. This
process is repeated until a compliant tenderer has been identified.

d) Appoint successful Targeted Enterprises

i) Table the Tender Report to the PLC

The Contractor shall present the Tender Report for each subcontract package
to the Employer and the Engineer and thereafter table it to the PLC prior to
award of the subcontract.

ii) Negotiating tender sum and/or rates with Targeted Enterprises

a. Rates

If the Contractor chooses to include work for which he has tendered

rates in the subcontract package and the tenderer who scored the
highest points tendered higher rates than that of the Contractor, the
Contractor may negotiate rates and the final sum with the tenderer.

If the Contractor fails to negotiate a reasonable tender sum or rates with

the tenderer, he may:
i. approach the second highest points scoring, compliant tenderer
for negotiation. This process may be repeated up to the third
highest points scoring compliant tenderer, whereafter the
package shall be retendered. The Contractor shall be limited to
negotiate down to 25% above his own rates (this process must
be clearly explained prior to negotiation, when the tender report
is tabled to the PLC); or
ii. accept the highest points scoring tenderer’s higher rates and total
sum and remunerate the sub-contractor at the sub-contractor’s
tendered rates from the lump sum which the Contractor has
tendered for the fluctuation between the Contractor’s rates and
that of the Targeted Enterprise sub-contractors.

C3-89
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 b. Provisional Sum

If the Employer has provided a provisional sum for the work items in the
subcontract package, the Contractor shall report on the feasibility of the
highest points scoring compliant tenderer’s tender rates and tender sum
to the Employer and the Engineer.
i. If the highest points scoring compliant tenderer’s rates and
tender sum are deemed market related by the Engineer, the
Contractor shall obtain the Employer’s approval to utilise the
provisional sum provided for the work items.
ii. If the highest points scoring compliant tenderer’s rates and
tender sum are deemed not market related and the Employer
does not approve the utilisation of the relevant provisional sum,
the Contractor may negotiate with the tenderer for market related
rates and tender sum.
iii. If the Contractor fails to negotiate market related rates and a
tender sum with the tenderer, he may:
(a) approach the next highest point scoring, compliant tenderer
for negotiation. This process may be repeated up to the third
highest points scoring compliant tenderer, whereafter the
package shall be retendered; or
(b) accept the highest points scoring tenderer’s rates and total
sum and remunerate the sub-contractor from the lump sum
which the Contractor has tendered for the fluctuation
between the Contractor’s rates and that of the Targeted
Enterprise sub-contractors. The Contractor shall not pay
rates or tender sums that are more than 15% higher than
what are deemed market related by the Engineer.

iii) Low tender sums submitted by Targeted Enterprises

The Contractor shall report to the Employer and the Engineer on the feasibility
of tendered rates, sums or provisional sums of tenderers who tendered
exceptionally low. Exceptionally low rates, sums or provisional sums are those
that are more than ten percent (10%) less than what the Contractor tendered
or, in the case of a provisional sum, what is deemed market related by the
Engineer.

a. If the tendered rates, sums or provisional sums of those tenderers who

tendered exceptionally low are deemed by the Engineer to still be
feasible, the Contractor may continue to include these tenders in his
tender evaluation.
b. If the tendered rates, sums or provisional sums of those tenderers who
tendered exceptionally low are deemed by the Engineer to not be
feasible, the Contractor may disqualify these tenders from his tender
evaluation.

The Employer strongly discourages the appointment of Targeted Enterprises

that did not tender feasible rates, sums or provisional sums. If all prices
submitted are deemed exceptionally low by the Engineer, the subcontract
package shall be retendered.

The consequences of exceptionally low prices must be clearly outlined in the

Tender Report and clearly explained to the PLC prior to award or retendering
of the subcontract packages.

iv) Payment to the Contractor

a. The Employer shall not remunerate the Contractor, other than what has
been provided for in the payment items, for accepting higher tender
sums tendered by Targeted Enterprises.

C3-90
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 b. If the Contractor accepts tender sums that are higher than what have
been provided for in the Contractor’s tendered rates or the Employer’s
provisional and/or prime cost sums, the costs shall be paid by the
Contractor from the lump sum which he tendered for the fluctuation
between the Contractor’s rates and that of the Targeted Enterprise sub-
contractors.

v) Entering the Subcontract Agreement

The Contractor’s TE Procurement Coordinator shall assist successful

Targeted Enterprises to enter into a subcontract agreement with the
Contractor as described in this Specification.

D1008 GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR TOWARDS TARGETED

ENTERPRISES

The Contractor shall have the responsibilities described in this Section, D1008, towards all
Targeted Enterprises subcontracted in terms of the CPG as stated in the Contract Data.

D1008.01 Targeted Enterprise (TE) Construction Manager

The Contractor shall appoint a dedicated TE Construction Manager whose sole

responsibility shall be to assist the Contractor with the execution of his responsibilities
towards Targeted Enterprises and Target Groups as prescribed in this Section D, with an
emphasis on D1008 and D1010.

Amongst others, the TE Construction Manager shall facilitate the training, mentoring,
development and support of Targeted Enterprises as per the Contractor’s approved
Training and Skills Development Programme (see Section D1010).

a) TE Construction Manager’s Qualifications and Experience

The TE Construction Manager shall have, as a minimum, a National Diploma:

Management of Civil Engineering Construction Processes (NQF Level 5) or an
equivalent qualification.

The TE Construction Manager shall have at least 5 years’ experience as a Site

Agent, managing construction processes in the fields of roads maintenance, new
roads construction, roads rehabilitation, roads structures, etc. In addition, he shall
have ample knowledge of, and experience in, the requirements of training and
mentoring in the road construction environment.

b) TE Construction Manager’s Team

The TE Construction Manager shall have on his team one (1) TE Site Supervisor for
every six (6) Targeted Enterprises which are in their respective construction phases
and one (1) Senior TE Supervisor for every six (6) TE Site Supervisors.

The qualifications and/or experience of TE Site Supervisors and Senior TE

Supervisors shall be relevant and of a suitable level to enable them to supervise the
level of Targeted Enterprise and the specific works under construction. Below is an
indicative organogram of the TE Construction Manager and his team.

C3-91
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 TE
Construction
Manager

Senior TE Senior TE Senior TE

Supervisor 1 Supervisor 2 supervisor ...

TE Site TE Site TE Site TE site TE site TE Site

Supervisor 1 Supervisor 2 Supervisor 3 Supervisor 4 Supervisor 5 Supervisor 6

TE 1

TE 2

TE 3

TE 4

TE 5

TE 6

D1008.02 General Obligations

The Contractor shall, with the assistance of the TE Construction Manager, comply with the
following general obligations:
a) Assist the Targeted Enterprises in instituting a quality assurance system;
b) Provide adequate training, coaching, guidance, mentoring and any other identified
and approved assistance to Targeted Enterprises;
c) Provide support and any other identified and approved assistance to ensure that the
Targeted Enterprises meet their obligations and commitments with respect to their
subcontracts, and
d) Ensure that the CPG objectives are achieved.

D1008.03 Subcontract Agreements

The Contractor shall conclude subcontract agreements with each subcontracted Targeted
Enterprise. The subcontract agreement shall be the FIDIC subcontract agreement and shall
be in accordance with the provisions of amended sub-clause 4.4 of the Conditions of
Contract and shall be consistent with the terms and conditions of this Contract.

a) Special Conditions of Contract

The following Special Conditions of Contract shall be included in the subcontract

agreement:
i) The Targeted Enterprise’s entitlement to receive the training contemplated in
this Contract;
ii) The Targeted Enterprise’s obligation to participate and co-operate in the
training provided for in this Contract;
iii) The allowable sources from which Labour may be drawn in terms of the
Contract;
iv) The terms and conditions relating to the recruitment, employment and
remuneration of Labour engaged on the Contract;
v) The training to be provided to the Targeted Enterprise’s workforce;

C3-92
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 vi) The terms and conditions related to payment of the Targeted Enterprise;
vii) Sanctions in the event of failure by the Targeted Enterprise to comply with the
terms and conditions of the subcontract agreement; and
viii) Dispute avoidance and resolution procedures.

Further Special Conditions of Contract shall only be included into the subcontract
agreement once approved by the Engineer.

b) Monitoring of Subcontract Agreements by the PLC

The proforma subcontract agreement for each group of work packages shall be
tabled to the PLC for their sign-off. Special Conditions of Contract, in addition to
those listed in (a) above shall be developed under the auspices of the PLC.

The PLC may at any stage during the Contract request proof that subcontract
agreements were entered into with the subcontracted Targeted Enterprises. The
PLC may also request insight into the Conditions of Subcontract and Subcontract
Data.

To protect Targeted Enterprises’ competitive advantage and/or tender strategy, only

the subcontract agreement shall be available to the PLC for perusal and not the
pricing structure and/or Schedule of Quantities.

A copy of each subcontract agreement shall be filed with the Engineer after
confirming that it is in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

D1008.04 Payment of Targeted Enterprises

Targeted Enterprises shall be paid the rates and/or provisional sums which they
have tendered or which have been negotiated as described in this Section D of the
Specifications.

a) Payment of Provisional and General Obligations

Provision shall be made in the subcontract for the Targeted Enterprise’s

preliminary and general obligations (P&Gs), which shall be calculated as a
minimum of 15% of the value of the scheduled subcontract work items.

Where the Contractor’s subcontract work is not paid from a provisional sum,
the P&Gs of the Targeted Enterprise shall be paid from the lump sum tendered
by the Contractor for the P&Gs of Targeted Enterprises.

P&Gs shall be paid to Targeted Enterprises as per Section C1.3 of the COTO
specification payment items, i.e.:
i) C1.3.1.1 paid in 3 instalments of 50%, 35% and 15%;
ii) C1.3.1.2 paid as a percentage of the total value progressively per
certificate;
iii) C1.3.1.3 paid monthly for the sub-contractor’s contract duration.

D1008.05 Quality of Work and Performance of Targeted Enterprises

a) Ensuring Quality of Work and Performance

The Contractor’s TE Construction Manager shall closely monitor and supervise all
Targeted Enterprises and shall train, coach, guide, mentor and assist each Targeted
Enterprise in all aspects of management, execution and completion of its
subcontract. This shall typically include assistance with planning of the Works,
sourcing and ordering of materials, labour relations, monthly measurements and
invoicing procedures. The extent and level of such training, coaching, guidance,
mentoring, and assistance to be provided by the Contractor shall commensurate with
the level of subcontract applicable and shall be directed at enabling the Targeted
Enterprise to achieve the successful execution and completion of its subcontract.

C3-93
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 b) Failure by the Targeted Enterprise to Comply

If the Targeted Enterprise, in the opinion of the Engineer, fails to comply with any of
the criteria listed below, the Engineer shall issue a written warning to the Contractor
stating all the areas of non-compliance. A copy of the letter of warning shall be
forwarded to the Employer. The criteria are as follows:
i) Deliver acceptable standards of work as set out in the specifications;
ii) Progress in accordance with the time constraints in the subcontract
agreement;
iii) Punctual and full payment of the workforce and suppliers;
iv) Site safety; and
v) Accommodation of traffic.

c) Assist the Targeted Enterprise to Make Good

The Contractor shall give reasonable warning to the Targeted Enterprise when any
contravention of the terms and conditions of the subcontract agreement has
occurred or appears likely to occur. The Contractor shall, whenever feasible, give
the Targeted Enterprise reasonable opportunity to make good any such
contravention, or to avoid such contravention, and shall render all reasonable
assistance to the Targeted Enterprise in this regard.

D1008.06 Dispute Avoidance and Resolution Procedures

When any disputes arise, the Contractor shall explain fully to the Targeted Enterprise that
such actions are provided for in the subcontract agreement. If such action is contemplated,
it shall be discussed with the Engineer and tabled to the PLC before any action is taken.

The Targeted Enterprise shall have 21 calendar days from the date of receipt of the letter
of warning by the Contractor to address and rectify the issues raised by the Engineer,
except for issues pertaining to Site Safety and Accommodation of Traffic, for which the
reaction time shall be in accordance with the relevant specifications for those aspects of
the Works, but which shall not be longer than 24 hours.

Failure by the Targeted Enterprise to comply with a deadline, will be sufficient grounds for
the Contractor to apply a penalty or terminate the subcontract agreement provided that the
Employer and the Engineer are satisfied that the Contractor has made every effort to
correct the performance of the Targeted Enterprise.

The Targeted Enterprise shall have the right to dispute any ruling given or deemed to have
been given by the Contractor or the Engineer. Provided that, unless the Targeted
Enterprise shall, within 21 calendar days after his receipt of a ruling or after a ruling shall
have been deemed to have been given, give written notice (hereinafter referred to as a
Dispute Notice) to the Contractor, referring to the relevant clause(s) in the subcontract
agreement disputing the validity or correctness of the whole or a specified part of the ruling,
he shall have no further right to dispute that ruling or the part thereof not disputed in the
said notice.

D1009 WORK SUITABLE FOR EXECUTION BY TARGETED ENTERPRISES

To assist the Contractor in achieving his CPG, the following work items have been identified
as being suitable for execution by Targeted Enterprises:
a) Erection and maintenance of the Contractor’s camp site
b) Clearing and grubbing.
c) Removal of trees.
d) Provision of traffic control facilities.
e) Management of traffic control facilities and traffic safety as part of the
accommodation of traffic.
f) Construction and clearing of drains.
g) Installation of prefabricated culverts including inlet and outlet structures.
h) Concrete channelling and concrete linings for open drains.

C3-94
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 i) Construction of concrete paving, kerbs and channels.
j) Construction of small concrete and other structures.
k) Construction of concrete walkways.
l) Pitching, stonework and protection against erosion.
m) Construction of gabions.
n) Patching and repairing edge breaks.
o) Erection of guardrails.
p) Landscaping.
q) Fencing.
r) Road signs.
s) Road markings.
t) Finishing the road and road reserve.
u) Site Security Services.
v) Haulage of materials
w) Supply of plant.
x) Supply of fuel.
y) Specialised subcontract work such as:
i) Construction of concrete pavements.
ii) Laying of asphalt using asphalt pavers.
iii) Structural concrete such as culvert and bridges.
iv) Crushing of materials.
v) Precast manufacture.
vi) Batch plant erection and operations.
vii) Earthworks, layerworks construction.

From the above work items, the following have been identified as suitable for execution by
CIDB CE1 and CE2 Targeted Enterprises:
a. Concrete sidewalks.
b. Side drains.
c. Clearing and grubbing.
d. Construction and clearing of drains.
e. Any other work identified by the Employer to be executed in the Target Area.

The work to be carried out by Targeted Enterprises is not limited to the work listed above
and the Contractor may need to engage Targeted Enterprises on other aspects of the
Works to achieve the CPG.

A Provisional Sum for the work by CIDB 1 and 2 Targeted Enterprise sub-contractors is
allowed under pay item D10.05.

D1010 TRAINING, COACHING, GUIDANCE, MENTORING AND ASSISTANCE

The Contractor shall under the auspices of the PLC develop a Training and Skills
Development Programme which shall be managed by the Contractor’s TE Construction
Manager.

D1010.01 Purpose of the Training and Skills Development Programme(s)

Skills development forms an integral part of the Employer’s Transformation and Community
Development Policies and hence, it is important to the Employer that Targeted Labour and
Targeted Enterprises be equipped with skills that can be used to gain meaningful future
employment and secure subcontracting opportunities.

It is, therefore, a requirement of this Contract that the Contractor provide adequate training,
coaching, guidance, mentoring and assistance to the Targeted Labour and Targeted
Enterprises to ensure skills development within the Construction Industry.

D1010.02 Skills Audit and Analysis

Prior to developing the Training and Skills Development Programme(s), the Contractor
shall conduct a skills audit and analysis of its own employees and those of its

C3-95
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 subcontractors to determine their levels of education, existing qualifications, and skills sets.
The outcome of the skills audit and analysis shall be used to develop a Training and Skills
Development Programme(s) that will benefit both the employee and the Construction
Industry at large.

Included in the skills audit and analysis shall be a separate section, analysing the
education, qualifications and skills sets of the Targeted Enterprise’s owners and
supervisors subcontracted by the Contractor to develop a Training and Skills Development
Programme that will develop and improve the ability of small business owners and their
supervisory staff to better manage their enterprises.

D1010.03 Developing the Training and Skills Development Programme

The Employer shall be involved in the decision making and quality control pertaining to the
development and implementation of the Training and Skills Development Programme
facilitated through this Contract.

The Employer has no service agreement or memorandum of understanding with any

education and training quality assurance body and, therefore, does not function as the
“Employer” as defined under any three-party-agreement between the Trainee, the Training
Provider and the Employer.

However, the Employer requires similar outcomes to that of formal learnership programmes
and the Contractor shall structure a Training and Skills Development Programme in a
manner that permits continued access to further learning and qualifications within a defined
programme.

The complete Training and Skills Development Programme shall be approved by the
Employer and Engineer and signed off by the PLC before any training commences.

D1010.04 The Training Service Provider

While the Contractor’s TE Construction Manager will manage the Training, Development
and Support Programme and mentor Targeted Enterprise subcontractors from a practical
point of view, the Contractor shall subcontract a Training Service Provider to implement the
theoretical training components of the Programme by applying the Employer’s Supply
Chain Management Policy for second tier procurement.

a) Accreditation of the Training Service Provider

The Training Service Provider entity shall be accredited, and have in its employ
Practitioners, Assessors and Moderators who are registered, with the Construction
Education Training Authority (CETA). Proof of accreditation and registration shall be
current, valid and list the NQF levels and Unit Standards for which the entity and its
staff are accredited.

b) Qualifications and Experience of the Training Service Provider

The training and competency levels required of the Training Service Provider and
his staff are outlined in the table below:

TABLE D1010/1: QUALIFICATIONS FOR TRAINING STAFF

Designation Title and Unit Standard No. NQF Level Credit

Practitioner Train the trainer; No 7384 4 16

Conduct outcome base assessment;
Assessor 5 15
No 115753
Conduct moderation of outcome-based
Moderator 6 10
assessment; No 115759

C3-96
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 In addition to the above qualifications, and in keeping with current CETA practical
experience requirements for registration as a Practitioner, NQF Level 4 Unit
Standards shall only be presented by Practitioners with NQF Level 5 (one level up)
credentials.

The Employer further requires that Assessors and Moderators shall have at least 5
years’ experience as a Site Agent, managing construction processes in the fields of
roads maintenance, new roads construction, roads rehabilitation and structures.

Elective Unit Standards are typically more vocational orientated and may require
specialist input. It is thus not a requirement that individual Practitioners and
Assessors shall have all the necessary skills for all the different categories of Unit
Standards. The Training Service Provider may and shall therefore, when necessary,
appoint Practitioners and Assessors on an ad hoc basis with the levels of experience
which are required for the Unit Standards to be presented.

D1010.05 Training and Skills Development Programme: General Requirements

The Training and Skills Development Programme shall consist of Learnerships that include
multiple, but related Unit Standards which are (1) relevant to the Works to be constructed,
(2) aimed at achieving the skills development objectives of the Programme, and (3) lead
towards a formal qualification in the Construction Industry.

Learnerships shall include both the theoretical and practical components of each Unit
Standard and shall be in accordance with the various laws and regulations contained in the
South African Qualification Authority (SAQA) statutes.

a) Training Programme: Requirements and Considerations

The Skills Audit and Analysis shall inform the Contractor of every employee’s
Recognised Prior Learning (RPL) skills and competencies, which shall be taken into
consideration in the development of the Training and Skills Development
Programme so that the RPL skills and competencies, together with the Training
Programme Unit Standards offerings, will lead to a full Learnership outcome and
hence a formal qualification.

It is recognised that the Training and Skills Development Programme may consist of
several Unit Standards but totalling insufficient credits for a full Learnership
qualification. Nevertheless, the competencies and credits achieved in the
Programme shall contribute to a full Learnership by a later acquisition of the
outstanding Unit Standards required for the full Learnership.

The Training and Skills Development Programme shall be structured in a manner to

prioritise those Unit Standards that will equip Trainees with the minimum skills
required to become economically involved in the execution of the Works as soon as
possible.

The Training Service Provider shall apply the SAQA Learnership criteria of which the
basic elements are listed below to demonstrate the Employer’s requirements:
i) Minimum credits for qualification;
ii) Fundamental Unit Standards and credit values;
iii) Core Unit Standards and credit values;
iv) Elective Units Standards and credit values;
v) Assumption that NQF Level 3 literacy, numeracy, and computer competencies
exist;
vi) RPL processes;
vii) Exit level outcomes.

The above criteria are not exhaustive, and the Training Service Provider shall apply
the systems and processes required by the relevant SAQA and other related
legislation pertinent to training. The Training Service Provider shall regularly consult

C3-97
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 the SAQA website (www.saqa.org.za) to ensure that the most current Unit Standards
are presented. In the event of any conflict, the legislated requirements shall apply.

While structuring the Learnership offerings, the Training Service Provider shall
distinguish between the levels of learning required. The bulk of the training shall
focus on NQF Levels 4 and 3. NQF Level 5 training is not anticipated but may be
suitable for qualifying staff of established small contractors. The qualification titles
for the respective NQF Levels are:
a. NQF Level 3 National Certificate: Construction Roadworks.
b. NQF Level 4 National Certificate: Supervision of Construction
Processes
c. NQF Level 4 National Certificate: Business Management
d. NQF Level 5 National Diploma: Management of Civil Engineering
Construction Processes

It may be necessary to include additional Core Unit Standards, e.g. “Tendering” or

“Entrepreneurship” as an additional Unit Standard for NQF Level 4, to achieve the
Contract’s development objectives. The identification of any additional Unit
Standards shall be discussed with the Engineer and shall not be implemented
without prior approval.

Before qualifying, Trainees will be expected to demonstrate competence in a

practical situation that integrates the assessment of all specific outcomes, for all Unit
Standards in the Learnership Programme.

All training shall take place within normal working hours, or as agreed with the
trainees.

b) Selection of Trainees

To complete a Learnership successfully requires minimum literacy and numeracy

competencies as defined by SAQA. The Training Service Provider shall utilise the
skills audit and analysis and conduct additional skills analysis to benchmark the
literacy and numeracy levels of employees and subcontractors. This information
shall guide the Training Service Provider in formulating the Trainee selection
methodology(ies) and process(es). The Training Service Provider shall make
provision for:
i) baseline assessments, e.g. conducting RPL enquiries and tests; and
ii) a gap skills programme consisting of Fundamental Unit Standards, to facilitate
the selection process.

Trainees identified as having already acquired some tertiary training, particularly in

the field of Civil Engineering, may be suitable for a specialised Trainee programme
or a higher NQF Level programme. The Training and Skills Development
Programme shall, therefore, make provision for Trainees with a variety of
competency levels and shall make provision for different levels of training.

It should be noted that where this section refers to the selection and training of
Trainees, any person, employed by any national, provincial or local authority, being
it full time or part time, is expressly excluded from being considered for this training.

c) Learning Material

Learning material is required for each Unit Standard. This learning material is the
equivalent of prescribed textbooks for other qualifications. Each Trainee shall
receive a copy of the learning material to learn the contents and to use it as a
reference source after obtaining the qualification.

The SAQA Unit Standard curriculums define the contents of the learning material.
The learning material shall not only comply with the SAQA and CETA guidelines but
shall be technically and practically aligned to road construction and/or road
maintenance. Any input from a subject matter expert required to ensure the

C3-98
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 appropriateness of learning material contents shall be included in the Training
Service Provider’s costs.

The requirements to be addressed in learning material as outlined by the SAQA Unit

Standard curriculums are, amongst others, the following:
i) purpose of the Unit Standard;
ii) specific outcomes (typically 4 per Unit Standard);
iii) assessment criteria (typically 4 per specific outcome);
iv) range as is defined for each specific outcome;
v) critical cross-field outcomes for the Unit Standard;
vi) Unit Standard essential embedded knowledge.

d) Student Experiential Training or Learnerships or Internships

The Employer may deploy students to the construction site to obtain experiential
training. The Contractor shall provide experiential training to these students in
accordance with the relevant academic institution’s requirements, which is typically
a university, a university of technology, or a TVET.

The Contractor shall also provide students with all the tools (including appropriate
information technology hardware and software) and site office space necessary to
carry out engineering work as if they were the Contractor’s own permanent staff.

Reporting on training progress of each student shall be compiled according to the

formats and intervals set by the relevant academic institution.

(e) Keeping of Records

The Training Service Provider shall keep comprehensive records of the training
provided to each Trainee and shall ensure that Trainees’ successful completion of
successive Unit Standards are entered onto the national SAQA database. After the
successful completion of generic skills courses, each Trainee shall be issued with a
certificate indicating the course contents as proof of attendance and completion. The
Contractor shall keep a register of certificates issued. Whenever required, the
Contractor shall provide copies of such records to the Engineer.

(f) Skills Development Requirements

i) Contract Skills Development Goals (CSDG)

This section establishes a minimum CSDG which is to be achieved in the

performance of a Contract (as per the CIDB Standard for Developing Skills
through Infrastructure Contracts August 2013) in relation to the provision of
different types of workplace opportunities linked to work associated with a
Contract which culminates in or leads to:
a. a part- or full occupational qualification registered on the National
Qualification Framework;
b. a trade qualification leading to a listed trade (GG No. 35625, 31 August
2012);
c. a national diploma registered on the National Qualification Framework;
and
d. registration in a professional category by one of the professional bodies
listed in Table 1 of the Standard.

The Contractor shall achieve or exceed the CSDG in the performance of the
Contract. The Contractor may, if need be, devolve their obligations onto
subcontractors.

The CSDG shall not be less than the contract amount multiplied by 0.25
percent (%) for Civil Engineering work (CE). For this reason, the Contractor
shall insert the CSDG amount in form C2.3 Summary of Pricing Schedule.

C3-99
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 ii) Achieving Contract Skills Development Goal (CSDG)

The Contractor shall achieve the CSDG by providing employment

opportunities to Trainees requiring structured workplace learning using one or
a combination of any of the following methods in relation to work directly
related to the Contract:

Method 1: Structured workplace learning opportunities for Trainees

(LoL) towards the attainment of a part or a full occupational
qualification.

This training method shall apply to Targeted Enterprises and

Targeted Labour.

Method 2: Structured workplace learning opportunities for apprentices or

other artisan Trainees (LoA) towards the attainment of a trade
qualification leading to a listed trade (GG No. 35625,
31 August 2012) subject to at least 60% of the artisan
Trainees being holders of public FET college qualifications.

This training method shall apply to Targeted Enterprises and

Targeted Labour.

Method 3: Work integrated learning opportunities for University of

Technology or Comprehensive University students (LoUS)
completing their national diplomas.

This training method shall apply to P1 and P2 Trainees, or

Trainees with a 240 credits qualification. Both the
permanently employed and temporary employed Trainees
shall be considered under this training method.

Method 4: Structured workplace learning opportunities for candidates

(LoC) toward registration in a professional category by a
statutory council listed in Table 1 of the Standards.

This training method shall apply to Candidates with 480

credits qualification. Both the permanently employed and
temporary employed Trainees shall be considered under this
training method.

No single method shall contribute more than 75 percent of the CSDG.

Permanently employed Trainees may not account for more than 33 percent
(%) of the CSDG, and not more than one method may be applied to any
individual concurrently in the calculation of the CSDG.

iii) CSDG Credits

The CSDG shall be calculated by multiplying the number of people employed

by the Contractor and placed for continuous training opportunities in a three-
month period by the notional values contained in Table 3 of the Standard, or
as revised in a Gazette notice.

The Contractor may source beneficiaries of the CSDG from a Skills

Development Agency (SDA) recognised by the CIDB.

All beneficiaries shall be registered with a construction Skills Development

Agency (SDA) recognised by the CIDB.

C3-100
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 iv) Denial of Credits

Credits towards the CSDG shall be denied should the Contractor not fulfil all
the requirements listed in clause 3.4 (a) to (f) of the Standards.

v) Compliance with Requirements

The Contractor shall comply with the requirement as set out in clause 4 of the
Standards.

vi) Records

The Contractor shall submit all the documentation required in terms of clause
4 of the Standards, in a timely manner and according to a prescribed format
where applicable.

The Engineer shall certify the value of the credits counted towards the CSDG,
if any, whenever a claim for payment is issued to the Employer and shall notify
the Contractor of this amount.

The Contractor shall, upon termination of the opportunities provided to satisfy

the CSDG, certify the quantum and nature of the opportunity and submit the
certificate, counter-certified by the relevant individual, to the Engineer for
record-keeping purposes.

vii) Sanctions

Failure to achieve the CSDG shall render the Contractor liable for a penalty
as prescribed in clause 8.7 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract. Penalties shall
be as follows:

a. Penalty = 0.5 x {[LoAs + LoLs + LoUSs + LoCs]}

Where:
LoLs = Monetary Value of the shortfall for structured workplace
learning opportunities for Trainees towards the attainment
of a part or a full occupational qualification;
LoAs = Monetary Value of the shortfall for structured workplace
learning opportunities for apprentices or other artisan
Trainees towards the attainment of a trade qualification
leading to a listed trade (GG No. 35625, 31 August 2012)
subject to at least 60% of the artisan Trainees being
holders of public FET college qualifications;
LoUSs = Monetary Value of the shortfall for work integrated learning
opportunities for University of Technology or
Comprehensive University students completing their
national diplomas (LoUS);
LoCs = Monetary Value of the shortfall for structured workplace
learning opportunities for candidates towards registration
in a professional category by a statutory council listed in
Table 1 of the Standards (LoC), and

b. Delay the issuing of the Performance Certificate until all the required
records described in clause 5 of the Standards are received.

(g) Generic Skills Training

Generic skills shall be taught where the need has been identified and approved by
the Employer and the Engineer.

The Contractor shall make representation to the Employer and the Engineer, who
shall approve candidates that should attend such courses as they deem appropriate.

C3-101
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Those selected shall receive formal generic skills training in a programmed and
progressive manner. The PLC may also identify a need for generic skills training.

Typical training programmes could comprise some or all of the following modules:
i) Basic hygiene and HIV/AIDS awareness;
ii) Road safety;
iii) Basic management of the environment;
iv) Tourism awareness and opportunities;
v) Managing personal finance;
vi) Adult Basic Education and Training (ABET);
vii) Community based training programmes (e.g. knitting, computer skills, plant/
machine operator, etc.).

All generic skills training shall be accredited by the relevant Sector Education and
Training Authority (SETA) and shall be provided with accredited entities and/or
individuals.

(h) Community Training

Community training shall be taught where the need has been identified.

Affected Communities may submit their training needs to the PLC for consideration
and inclusion into the Training and Skills Development Programme. While
considering the training needs of the affected Communities, the Engineer shall
inform the PLC of the Contract’s training limitations, as well as of the training that
could be undertaken through the Contract. Trainees from the Community shall be
identified through the Community structures, but under the auspices of the PLC.
Trainees selected from the Community shall receive formal skills training in a
programmed and progressive manner in compliance with subclause D1010.04.
Priority shall be given to training that will equip Community members with skills that
will enhance their employability.

All community skills training shall be accredited by the relevant Sector Education and
Training Authority (SETA) and shall be provided with accredited entities and/or
individuals.

(i) Training Facilities

The Contractor shall be responsible for providing everything necessary to offer the
various training workshops and modules including:
i) a suitable venue with sufficient furniture, lighting and power,
ii) all necessary stationery consumables and study material,
iii) transport for attendees.

D1011 LABOUR ENHANCED CONSTRUCTION

The Contractor's attention is drawn to the fact that it is an objective of the Contract to
maximise the labour content of certain operations or portions thereof. In this regard, where
the specified work allows for a choice between mechanical or labour-enhanced means, the
former should generally be kept to the practical minimum.

Before commencing with any labour enhanced operations the Contractor shall discuss his
intentions with the Engineer and shall submit to the Engineer on a monthly basis, daily
labour returns indicating the numbers of temporary personnel employed on the Works and
the activities on which they were engaged.

It should be noted that activities that are conventionally done by labour methods, e.g.
gabions, shall not qualify under this section.

C3-102
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
D1012 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT

D1012.01 Corporate Social Investment (CSI)

The Contractor shall demonstrate its willingness to actively participate in the social
development initiatives for local Communities affected by the Contract. To this end, the
Contractor shall provide details of CSI initiatives it will actively pursue under Form D9:
Corporate Social Investment. The Employer will evaluate the CSI initiatives as part of the
tender evaluation under “other objective criteria” of the Preferential Procurement Policy
Framework Act, 2000.

D1012.02 Community Development Projects

The Employer will identify Community Development Projects to the benefit of the local
Communities. These projects shall be undertaken primarily by Targeted Labour and
Targeted Enterprises from these Communities and under supervision of the Contractor.

Although executed as a component of the main contract, the Employer shall register a
separate project number for such Community Development Projects and the Contractor
shall submit a separate invoice for the Community Development Project.

Community Development Projects shall not add towards the Contractor’s CPG and shall
be additional efforts towards the Employer’s transformation and socio-economic
development goals.

Community Development works are quantified in Section D10.07 in the Schedule of

Quantities and its Scope of Work is yet to be confirmed.

D1013 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Item Unit

D10.01 Target Group Participation

(a) Contract Participation Performance bonus Prime Cost (PC) Sum

The prime cost sum for item D10.01(a) shall cover any CPP bonus due as specified in
clause D1003.05. The prime cost sum shall be expended in accordance with clause 13.5
of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract.

Note:
No separate payment shall be made for any costs incurred by the Contractor, whether
direct or indirect, for his efforts in accomplishing the specified requirements, and which are
not recoverable from the pay-items allowed. Such costs shall be deemed to have been
included in the rate offered under pay sub-item C1.3.1.3 Time Related Obligations.

Item Unit

D10.02 Stakeholder and Community Liaison and Social Facilitation

(a) Cost of liaison, social facilitation and PLC support Prime Cost (PC) Sum

(b) Handling cost and profit in respect of sub-item Percentage (%)

D10.02(a)

The prime cost sum for item D10.02(a) shall cover the direct costs incurred by attending
members of the PLC. The rate of compensation shall be fair and agreed by the Engineer
in accordance with clause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract. The tendered
percentage for sub-item D10.02(b) shall include full compensation for all handling costs
and profit of the Contractor associated with sub-item D10.02(a).

C3-103
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 The liaison with, and assistance provided by the Contractor to the PLC to perform its duties
shall not be paid from the prime cost sum. The Contractor’s costs to liaise with the PLC
and render such assistance shall be deemed to have been included in its rate offered for
pay sub-item C1.3.1.3 Time Related Obligations.

Item Unit

D10.03 Tender Process for Targeted Enterprises

(a) Contractor’s charge for the management and

execution of the Targeted Enterprise procurement
process:
(i) Procurement process for the totality of all Number (No)
tenders concluded for the appointment of
Targeted Enterprise subcontractors of CIDB
1 and 2 contractor grading
(ii) Procurement process for the totality of all Number (No)
tenders concluded for the appointment of
Targeted Enterprise subcontractors of CIDB
3 and 4 contractor grading
(iii) Procurement process for the totality of all Number (No)
tenders concluded for the appointment of
Targeted Enterprise subcontractors of CIDB
5 and higher contractor grading
(iv) Procurement process for the totality of all Number (No)
tenders concluded for the appointment of
Targeted Enterprise suppliers

(b) Targeted Enterprise Procurement Coordinator Month

The unit of measurement for item D10.03(a) shall be the number of individual subcontract
agreements concluded with Targeted Enterprise sub-contractors and suppliers in
accordance with the procurement process described in this Section D.

The tendered monthly rate for subitem D10.03(b) shall include full compensation for the
provision of the relevant personnel on a full-time basis to carry out the requirements in
terms of subitem D10.03(a) and the full contents of this Section D.

Each tendered rate shall be in full compensation for the management and execution of the
Targeted Enterprise procurement process in the relevant CIDB contractor grading
designation scheduled, including for the appointment of a TE Procurement Coordinator (if
required), the pre-tender training of eligible Targeted Enterprises, the compilation, printing,
binding and issue of the tender documents for each tender, for the advertising of each
tender, for the provision of the venue and the conducting of each compulsory briefing
session for tenderers, for the conducting of each tender opening process, for the
adjudication of the tenders received for each tender, for the preparation of each tender
adjudication report and the review thereof in conjunction with the Employer, Engineer and
the PLC, for the award of each tender and for the conclusion of the subcontract agreement
with each successful Targeted Enterprise tenderer, and any other relevant requirement
described in this Section D.

Item Unit

D10.04 Responsibilities of the Contractor towards Targeted Enterprises

(a) Contractor’s establishment, management, Month

management support, assistance, coaching,
guidance, mentoring and supervision of Targeted
Enterprises

(b) Targeted Enterprise Construction Manager Person Month

C3-104
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 (c) Targeted Enterprise Site Supervisors Person Month

The tendered monthly rate for subitem D10.04(a) shall include full compensation for the
registration of all the subcontract agreements and the management of all the Targeted
Enterprise subcontracts, including for the provision of the necessary management, support,
coaching, guidance, mentoring and supervision of the Targeted Enterprise subcontractors.

The tendered monthly rate for subitems D10.04(b) and (c) shall include full compensation
for the provision of the relevant personnel on a full-time basis to carry out the requirements
in terms of subitem D10.04(a) and the full contents of this Section D.

Item Unit

D10.05 Construction Works by Targeted Enterprises

(a) Payments associated with the construction works Provisional (Prov) Sum
carried out by Targeted Enterprise
subcontractors of CIDB 1 and 2 contractor
grading designation appointed in terms of
Section D

(b) Handling costs and profit in respect of payment Percentage (%)

associated with sub-item D10.05(a)

(c) Fluctuation between the main contractor’s rates Lump Sum (LS)
and that of the Targeted Enterprise
subcontractors

(d) Preliminary and General Obligations of Targeted Lump Sum (LS)

Enterprise sub-contractors appointed in terms of
Section D

Expenditure under subitems D10.05(a) shall be in accordance with clause 13.5 of the FIDIC
Conditions of Contract.

The provisional sum for subitem D10.05(a) is provided to cover the cost of the construction
works , including preliminary and general obligations carried out by the Targeted Enterprise
subcontractors of CIDB 1 and 2 contractor grading designation as certified by the Engineer,
in separate payments for each Targeted Enterprise in accordance with Section D.
Expenditure under subitem D10.05(a) shall be limited to the provisional sum amount stated
in the Pricing Schedule. Construction works by Targeted Enterprise subcontractors of CIDB
1 and 2 contractor grading designation exceeding the provisional sum amount shall be
measured for payment from the applicable work items in the Contractor’s pricing schedule.

The tendered percentage for subitem D10.05(b) is the percentage of the amount actually
spent under subitem D10.05(a), and shall include full compensation for the Contractor’s
handling costs, profit or any other costs associated with the work conducted by the
Targeted Enterprise subcontractors, which are not provided for in other pay items.

The Lump Sum tendered under item D10.05(c) is for fluctuation of the Targeted Enterprise
subcontractor rates in excess of the contractor’s tendered rates, for work not paid under items
D10.05(a). Payment of the lump sum shall be on a prorata basis to provide compensation for
the fluctuation between the tendered rates of the Main Contractor and that of the Targeted
Enterprise subcontractors until the lump sum is depleted. Any costs incurred due to
fluctuation in tendered rates in excess of that tendered for under item D10.05(c) will be for
the Contractor’s account. Item D10.05(c) is applicable where the Target Enterprise
subcontractor’s tender amount is higher than the Main Contractor’s tender amount. The lump
sum will cover the fluctuation for all the tendered rates of the subcontractors.

The Lump Sum tendered under item D10.05(d) is for the Preliminary and General Obligations
of Targeted Enterprise sub-contractors (excluding CIDB 1 and 2 contractor grading
designation) paid from the Provisional Sum. Payment of the lump sum shall be on a prorata

C3-105
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 basis to provide compensation for the P&Gs of Targeted Enterprise sub-contractors until the
lump sum is depleted. Any costs incurred for the P&Gs of Targeted Enterprise sub-
contractors in excess of that tendered for under item D10.05(d) will be for the contractor’s
account.

Item Unit

D10.06 Training, coaching, guidance, mentoring and assistance

(a) Training Costs

(i) Accredited generic skills training Provisional (Prov) Sum

(ii) Community skills training Provisional (Prov) Sum
(iii) Handling cost and profit in respect of Percentage (%)
subitems D10.06(a)(i), (ii) and (iii)

(b) Other costs during training Provisional (Prov) Sum

(c) Training venue Lump Sum (LS)

The provisional sums under sub-items D10.06(a) shall be paid in accordance with the
provisions of sub-clause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract. The provisional sums
shall include all charges for the provision and delivery of the service including an accredited
Training Service Provider (if required), learning material and any other requirement as
described in sub-clause D1010.

The rate tendered under sub-item D10.06(a)(iii) shall be deemed to cover all costs required
to organise accredited trainers to provide training and shall include the Contractor's
handling cost, profit, record keeping, reporting and all other costs associated with sub-items
D10.06(a)(i) and (ii).

The provisional sum under pay item D10.06(b) shall be paid in accordance with the
provisions of sub-clause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract. The provisional sum
shall cover the Contractor’s costs for payment of wages of employed trainees attending
training courses during working hours, for the provision of meals to trainees, for provision
of transport and for all other incidentals required for the trainees and approved by the
Engineer. No mark-up is payable to the Contractor under this item.

The unit of measurement for pay item D10.06(c), shall be the lump sum. The sum tendered
shall include full compensation for the provision of the training venue, for all necessary
lighting, power, furniture, stationery, consumables and study material and all other costs
necessary to maintain the venue for the duration of the contract. Payment of the lump sum
shall be made in two instalments as follows:
a) The first instalment, 75% of the lump sum, shall be paid after the Contractor has met
all his obligations regarding the provision of the training venue as specified.
b) The second and final instalment, 25% of the lump sum, shall be paid after the
provision of all the accredited training as specified in the document.

No payment, nor prorata payment, shall be made for trainees that, once selected, do not
attend or only partially complete structured training courses. The Contractor’s own staff
may attend the courses provided. However, such attendants from the Contractor’s staff
shall not be considered for measurement and payment purposes unless they also qualify
as Targeted Labour.

D10.07 Community Development Works

(a) Community Development Works Provisional (Prov) Sum

(b) Handling cost and profit in respect of Percentage (%)

sub-item D10.07(a)

C3-106
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 The provisional sums under sub-items D10.07(a) shall be paid in accordance with the
provisions of sub-clause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract.

The tendered percentage for subitem D10.07(b) is the percentage of the amount actually
spent under subitem D10.07(a), and shall include full compensation for the Contractor’s
handling costs, profit or any other costs associated with the work.

C3-107
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL ROADS AGENCY SOC LIMITED

CONTRACT SANRAL R335-010-2017/1

FOR THE IMPROVEMENT OF NATIONAL ROUTE R335 FROM MOTHERWELL (KM 5.16) TO
ADDO TOWN (KM 37.16)
PHASE 1: KM 5.16 TO KM 27.5

SECTION E: REQUIREMENTS OF THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT AND

REGULATIONS

Note to tenderer:
Wherever reference is made in this section of the Scope of Works to contractor this is the
equivalent of the principal contractor in the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations.
Similarly, reference to subcontractors is equivalent to other contractors.

C3-108
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
SECTION E: REQUIREMENTS OF THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT AND
REGULATIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE

E1001 SCOPE ................................................................................................................. C3-110

E1002 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS ................................................................ C3-110
E1003 HEALTH AND SAFETY POLICY.......................................................................... C3-113
E1004 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ....................................................................... C3-113
E1005 HSE TRAINING AND COMPETENCE ................................................................. C3-113
E1006 APPLICATION FOR CONSTRUCTION WORK PERMIT .................................... C3-114
E1007 DUTIES................................................................................................................. C3-115
E1008 MANAGEMENT AND SUPERVISION ................................................................. C3-115
E1009 RISK MANAGEMENT .......................................................................................... C3-115
E1010 LEGAL COMPLIANCE AND DOCUMENT CONTROL ........................................ C3-117
E1011 OPERATIONAL INTEGRITY ................................................................................ C3-119
E1012 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND HYGIENE ........................................................ C3-120
E1013 WASTE MANAGEMENT ...................................................................................... C3-121
E1014 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE MANAGEMENT ..................................................... C3-121
E1015 CONTRACTORS .................................................................................................. C3-122
E1016 DESIGNING FOR HEALTH, SAFETY AND THE ENVIRONMENT ..................... C3-125
E1017 INCIDENT MANAGEMENT .................................................................................. C3-126
E1018 PROJECT SPECIFIC CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ............................... C3-127

C3-109
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
E1001 SCOPE

The Occupational Health and Safety Act, Act 85 of 1993 (OHS Act) and its Regulations together with
SANS Codes set out minimum standards with regards to Occupational Health and Safety. The South
African National Roads Agency SOC Limited (SANRAL), has developed this Occupational Health and
Safety Specifications with these minimum standards in mind and in certain aspects the requirements of
SANRAL exceeds the minimum legal requirements to follow best practices and to ensure a healthy and
safe workplace for all.

SANRAL in no way assumes The Principal Contractors legal liabilities and responsibilities. The Principal
Contractor is and remains accountable for the quality and execution of his health and safety program
for his employees. This Health and Safety Specification reflects minimum legal and SANRAL
requirements and should not be construed as all encompassing.

It is realized that The Principal Contractor have its own Health and Safety Management system and safe
work practices. The intention of this Health and Safety Specification is not to change The Principal
Contractors Health and Safety management system, but for The Principal Contractor to use its current
Health and Safety management system to draw up a project specific Health and Safety plan according
to these specifications as well as to legally comply with the any applicable Regulations under the OHS
Act and incorporated Standards.

It is the responsibility of the Principal Contractor and other Contractors to make themselves conversant
and comply with the requirements and conditions contained in the various legislation pertaining to their
profession and scope of works at all times.

This specification is not exhaustive of all duties imposed by the OHS Act and its Regulations, governing
the duties and obligations, of a Designer, Principal Contractor and Contractor performing duties in terms
of an agreement with the client (SANRAL). These duties are fully described in the OHS Act and its
Regulations and it is the duty of every Designer, Principal Contractor and Contractor to acquaint
themselves therewith before commencing work.

This specification is compiled to ensure that the Principal Contractor and any other Contractors working
for SANRAL directly or through a Principal Contractor, are aware of the Occupational Health and Safety
requirements when working on a SANRAL contract, as well as to make them aware of their legal
liabilities and responsibilities as per the Occupational Health & Safety Act, Act 85 of 1993, and its
Regulations.

Words used herein in the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and male shall include female
and vice versa unless the context otherwise requires.

E1002 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS

Assessment – An opinion or a judgment about someone or something that has been thought about
very carefully.
At-risk behavior – Conduct that unnecessarily increases the likelihood of an injury or incident.
Audit – A systematic and documented review of the effectiveness of implementation of processes,
programs and procedures, based on general process criteria.
Baseline risk assessment: This is the initial assessment of risk in a workplace. It is a broad assessment
and includes all activities taking place on site but does not include risk control measures or safeguards.
Client – Any organization or person for whom construction work is performed. For the purpose of this
document, the client is the South African National Roads Agency SOC Limited, also identified in the
contract document as the Employer.
Competence – A combination of attributes such as knowledge, training, experience and qualifications
to assure successful performance.
Competent Person – Means a person who has in respect of the work or task to be performed the
required knowledge, training and experience and, where applicable, qualifications, specific to that work
or task: Provided that where appropriate qualifications and training are registered in terms of the
provisions of the National Qualification Framework Act, 2000 (Act No. 67 of 2000), those qualifications
and that training must be regarded as the required qualifications and training; and is familiar with the
Act and with the applicable regulations made under the Act.
Consequence – Outcome or impact of an event.

C3-110
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
Continual Improvement – A recurring process of enhancing performance to achieve consistent
improvements in overall performance.
Contractor – An employer as defined in section 1 of the OHS Act, who performs construction work and
includes Principal Contractors and Sub-Contractors.
Construction Work – any work in connection with:
- The construction, erection, alteration, renovation, repair, demolition or dismantling of or addition
to a building or any similar structure; or
- The construction, erection, maintenance, demolition or dismantling of any bridge, dam, canal,
road, railway, runway, sewer or water reticulation system; or the moving of earth, clearing of land,
the making of excavation, piling, or any similar civil engineering structure or type of work.
Corrective Action – An action taken to eliminate the cause of a detected non-conformity or other
undesirable situation.
Construction Regulations (CR) – Construction Regulations, GNR. 84 of 2014
Critical equipment – A piece of equipment or a structure whose failure to perform to design
specification, has the potential to result in a major accident event.
Design – in relation to any structure, includes drawings, calculations, design details and specifications.
Designer –
a) competent person who:
- Prepares a design;
- Checks and approves a design;
- Arranges for a person at work under his or her control to prepare a design, including an
employee of that person where he or she is the employer; or
- Designs temporary work, including its components;
b) an architect or engineer contributing to, or having overall responsibility for a design;
c) a building services engineer designing details for fixed plant;
d) a surveyor specifying articles or drawing up specifications;
e) a contractor carrying out design work as part of a design and building project; or
f) an interior designer, shop fitter or landscape architect.
DMR – Driven Machinery Regulations, GNR. 295 of 26 February 1988
Documents – Structured units of recorded information and its supporting medium (paper or electronic).
Most records are documents, but not all documents are records. A document becomes a record when
it is part of a business transaction, is kept as evidence of that transaction and is managed within a
record-keeping system.
EIR – Electrical Installation Regulations, GNR. 242 of 6 March 2009
Emergency – An abnormal occurrence that pose a threat to the safety or health of employees,
customers, or local communities, or which can cause damage to assets or the environment.
Employee – An individual who is employed by or works for an Employer and who receives or is entitled
to receive any remuneration or who works under the direction or supervision of an employer or any other
person.
Employer – Any person who employs or provides work for any person and remunerates that person or
expressly or tacitly undertakes to remunerates him but excludes a labour broker as defined in section
1(1) of the Labour Relations Act, 1956 (Act No. 28 of 1956). The South African National Roads Agency
SOC Limited, also identified in the contract document as the Employer.
EMR – Electrical Machinery Regulations, GNR. 250 of 25 March 2011
Environment – The surroundings or conditions in which a person, animal or plant lives or operates,
including air, water, land, natural resources and habitats.
Epidemic Disease - An epidemic disease is one affecting many persons at the same time and
spreading from person to person in a locality where the disease is not permanently prevalent. The World
Health Organization (WHO) further specifies epidemic as occurring at the level of a region or community.
Excavation work – The making of any man-made cavity, trench, pit or depression formed by cutting,
digging or scooping
GAR – General Administrative Regulations, GNR. 929 of 25 June 2003
GMR – General Machinery Regulations, GNR. 1521 of 5 August 1988

C3-111
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
GSR – General Safety Regulations, GNR. 1031 of 30 May 1986
Harm – A significant and or long-lasting adverse effect on people, the environment or the community.
Hazard – A source, situation or act with a potential for harm in terms of human injury or ill health.
Health and Safety File – Means a file, or other record in permanent form, containing the information in
writing as required by the Construction Regulations, GNR. 84 of 7 February 2014, Section 7(1)(b).
Health and Safety Plan – Means a project specific documented plan in accordance with the client’s
health and safety specifications, as required by the Construction Regulations, GNR. 84 of 7 February
2014, Section 7(1)(a).
Health and Safety Specification – Means a project specific document prepared by the client pertaining
to all health and safety requirements related to construction work, as required by the Construction
Regulations, GNR. 84 of 7 February 2014, Section 5(1)(b).
HSE – Health, Safety and Environment. Commonly used in the format HSE.
Incident – Work-related events (including accidents which give rise to injury, ill health, fatality or
emergencies) that have resulted in, or has the potential to result in adverse consequences to people,
the environment, property, reputation or a combination of these.
Likelihood – A description of probability or frequency, in relation to the chance that something will occur.
Lost Time Injury (LTI) – When a person is injured during the execution of his/her duties and as a result
of the injury is unable to perform his/her regular duties for one full shift or more on the day following the
day on which the injury has incurred, whether a scheduled work day or not(weekend).
Management System – Management processes and documentation that collectively provide a
systematic framework for ensuring that tasks are performed safely, correctly, consistently and effectively
to achieve a specified outcome and to drive continual improvement in performance.
Mandatory – An agent, contractor or sub-contractor for work, but without derogating from his status in
his own right as an employer or a user.
MSDS – Material Safety Data Sheet
Near Hit / Near Miss – Any occurrence or situation which had the potential for adverse consequences
to people, the environment, property, reputation or a combination of these.
Non-conformance – Any deviation from work standards, practices, procedures, regulations that could
either directly or indirectly lead to injury or illness, property damage, damage to the environment or a
combination of these.
OHS Act – Occupational Health & Safety Act, 85 of 1993
Pandemic Disease - a pandemic disease is an epidemic disease that has spread over a large area,
that is, it is prevalent throughout an entire country, continent, or the whole world.
Policy – Statement by an organization of its intentions and principles in relation to its overall
performance which provides a framework for action and for the setting of its objectives and targets.
PPE – Personal Protective Equipment
Preventive Action – An action implemented to eliminate the cause of a potential non-conformity or
other undesirable potential situation.
Principal Contractor – An employer appointed by the client to perform construction work and who is in
overall control and management of a part of or the whole construction site.
Procedure – A specific documented way to carry out an activity or a process.
Records – Recorded information, in any form that is kept as evidence. Records include monitoring
results, evidence of training, audits, inspections and calibration reports.
Risk Assessment – A process of evaluating the risk(s) arising from hazards taking into account the
adequacy of any existing controls and deciding whether or not the risk(s) is acceptable.
Risk Management – The ongoing treatment of risks through the application of management policies,
processes, procedures and risk control measures.
Risk – A combination of the likelihood of an occurrence of a hazardous event or exposure and the
severity of injury or ill health that can be caused by the event or exposure.

C3-112
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
Root Cause – The cause of the incident that, when rectified, will prevent the recurrence of not just
incidents with those exact circumstances, but others with similar causes.
SACPCMP – South African Council for Project and Construction Management Professions
SANRAL - South African National Roads Agency SOC Limited
Supplier – A person or company that supplies material or equipment to a contractor on a construction
site but does not physically carry out construction work on the construction site.
The Act – The Occupational Health and Safety Act No. 85 of 1993
The Site – The area where work is carried out for SANRAL as defined on the front page of this
document.
WAH – Acronym for Working at Heights.

E1003 HEALTH AND SAFETY POLICY

Contractors are expected to have their own written Health and Safety Policy. The policy should declare
their attitude and approach to the health, safety and welfare of their employees and others. The policy
should include a description of the of the company and provision must be made to review the policy
regularly and the CEO or Managing Director must sign and date the policy to indicate his commitment
to ensuring the health and safety of his employees, as per Section 7 of the OHS Act.

E1004 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Every Contractor is considered to be an employer in his own right and shall comply with all legal
requirements pertaining to an employer, which include the responsibility to provide as far as reasonably
practicable a safe and healthy working environment for his employees, as per Section 8 of the OHS Act.

In conjunction with Section 8 of the OHS Act, all employees on the project are responsible for their own
health and safety as well as the safety of persons who may be affected by their acts, as per Section 14
of the OHS Act. It is the responsibility of each employee to ensure that he acts in a safe manner before
and during work is carried out.

The Principal Contractor shall ensure that where required by the OHS Act and Regulations, competent
employees are appointed in writing. These appointments must be project/contract specific and specific
to the tasks that will be performed. Every appointment must display the duties of the person appointed
and training certificates from a registered training provider must be attached to such appointment (where
applicable). A list of possible appointments can be found in clause E1010 below.

E1005 HSE TRAINING AND COMPETENCE

Where appropriate qualifications and training are registered in terms of the provisions of the National
Qualifications Framework Act, 2000 (Act No. 67 of 2000), those qualifications and training must be
regarded as the required qualifications and training and employees must have attended courses of the
aforementioned nature to be considered competent in the task.

All employees that forms part of the construction work must be trained and competent. Employees
formally appointed to perform a certain duty must be in possession of a training certificate (where
applicable), received from a registered training provider. All employees must as a minimum have
received site specific safety induction training and must receive daily safe task instruction training (DSTI)
before any work commences and thereafter on a daily basis.

a) Training Needs

There shall be a system in place to determine the training requirements of each individual, based
on the tasks that the employee will perform as well as to ensure the health and safety of fellow
employees and the public. Special attention should be given to employees who are new hires,
new to the task or have combined responsibilities.

C3-113
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
b) Basic Safe Work Training (Induction Training)

Every contractor shall ensure that his employees are inducted into his own company Health and
Safety System as well as basic safe work training (HSE Induction Training). The Principal
Contractor shall ensure that his, all his Contractor’s employees and visitors are inducted on the
specific site safety procedures.

A Daily Safe Task Instruction (DSTI) must be conducted on site with all employees involved in
the project. The DSTI must be carried out each day before work commences and proof thereof
must be available on site. Each work crew may conduct their own specific DSTI to discuss the
hazards, risks and control measures associated with their task for the day.

Where two or more contractors or work crews work in the same area, they should have a
combined DSTI to ensure they know of the additional hazards the other contractor or work crew
will introduce to their operations and what precautions to put in place.

The Principal Contractor shall have evidence that employees have been trained on the relevant
procedures prior to and during the project duration. The evidence will be in a form of attendance
register.

c) Formal Training

All qualifications for which there are SAQA registered training courses, must be regarded as the
minimum required qualifications and training. To be deemed “competent” an employee must have
received training at a registered training provider, the training course must be registered and if
there is an assessment, the employee must have been found competent after the assessment. A
person cannot be deemed competent after awareness training only.

The Principal Contractor shall ensure that his employees, as well as the employees of any
contractors that may be used, have received appropriate training for the type of work that will be
performed, e.g. First Aid, Flag Man, Mobile Plant Operator, Working at Heights, Risk Assessment
training etc.

d) Records

Record of all training shall be kept by the employer and shall be readily available. Records shall
make provision for refresher training where applicable. Where an employee is legally appointed
with certain duties and responsibilities a copy of the training certificate must be attached to the
appointment.

E1006 APPLICATION FOR CONSTRUCTION WORK PERMIT

Construction Regulation, 2014 Section 3 requires that the client apply for a construction work permit at
least 30 days before construction work is started, if the intended construction work will:
• exceed 365 days AND will involve more than 3 600 person days of construction work; or
• if the tender value limit is a CIDB grade 7, 8 or 9.

If approved, the provincial director will issue a construction work permit in writing to perform construction
work within 30 days of receiving the application and assign a site-specific number for the construction
site. It is the intention of SANRAL to apply for a construction work permit as soon as The Principal
Contractor is appointed and his Health and Safety Plan is received, in order to minimize construction
delays.

The site-specific construction work permit number must be displayed at the main entrance to the site
and a copy of the construction work permit must be kept in the principal contractor’s health and safety
file for inspection purposes.

C3-114
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
E1007 DUTIES

Various duties are imposed on the client, designer, principal contractor and other contractors by the
Construction Regulation, 2014, Sections 5, 6 & 7. SANRAL will comply and carry out the required duties
as contemplated in Section 5 of the Construction Regulations, 2014 and it is expected from the designer
and every contractor to make themselves conversant with the requirements and duties imposed on them
and to ensure that they comply with the requirements of section 6 & 7 at all times.

E1008 MANAGEMENT AND SUPERVISION

The Principal Contractor shall ensure that the project is managed safely, and legal compliance is
ensured at all times.

A full-time competent person must be appointed as a Construction Manager to manage all construction
work, including health and safety compliance. The construction manager may not be appointed to
manage more than one single construction site. An Alternate Construction Manager must be appointed,
to carry out the duties in the absence of the Construction Manager.

The construction manager must appoint construction supervisors responsible for construction activities
and ensuring occupation health and safety on the construction site.

The Principal Contractor must appoint a full-time construction health and safety officer, who is registered
with the SACPCMP, to assist in the control of health and safety aspects on site.

E1009 RISK MANAGEMENT

The Principal Contractor must follow a formal risk-based approach to ensure hazard control measures
are implemented to an acceptable reasonable practical level. The Principal Contractor and his
employees shall be responsible to ensure all hazards pertaining to his scope of activity are proactively
identified, the risks assessed and appropriately eliminated or minimized and managed on an ongoing
basis. Risk assessments shall also identify possible and potential environmental, health and hygiene
issues pertaining to each hazard with potential exposures and limits.

a) Risk Assessment

i) Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment (Construction Regulation 9)

The Principal Contractor shall, before the commencement of any construction work or work
associated with the aforesaid construction work and during such work, conduct a risk
assessment by a competent person, appointed in writing and the risk assessment so
produced shall form part of the OH&S plan and be implemented and maintained as
contemplated in Construction Regulation 9(1). Competence is a factor of training,
knowledge, experience and/or appropriate qualifications.

The risk assessment shall include, as far as is reasonably practicable, at least:

• The task or task step
• the identification hazards to which persons may be exposed to during the task or
task step;
• The analysis and evaluation of the risks associated to the hazards identified,
inclusive of a residual risk rating methodology. The method to be used is not
prescribed;
• a documented plan of safe work procedures, to mitigate, reduce or control those
residual risks that have been identified as unacceptably high, by means of the rating
system;
• a monitoring plan;
• a review plan, inclusive of dates to be adhered to; and
• Ergonomic related risks are to be analysed, evaluated and addressed as part of the
process.

C3-115
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Based on the risk assessments, The Principal Contractor shall develop a set of site-specific
OH&S rules that shall be applied to regulate the OH&S aspects of the construction. The
risk assessments, together with the site-specific OH&S rules shall be submitted to the
Employer before construction on site commences. SANRAL has conducted a Baseline Risk
Assessment as per clause E1009 (b) below, which must be used by The Principal
Contractor to develop task specific risk assessments before work commences. This does
not mean that all possible Risk Assessments must be attended to before work commences,
but that all relevant Risk Assessments receive the necessary attention as the contract
progresses, and this is the responsibility of The Principal Contractor.

All variations to the scope of work shall similarly be subjected to a risk assessment process.

ii) Risk Assessment Monitoring

The Principal Contractor shall ensure that a monitoring plan for all risk assessments are in
place. Risk assessments must be monitored to ensure effectiveness and employee
understanding. The monitoring of risk assessments shall be formal, and records thereof
shall be available for audit purposes.

iii) Review of Risk Assessment

The Principal Contractor shall review the hazard identification, risk assessments and
standard safe working procedures:
• prior to any work activity commencement,
• where changes are affected to the design and construction that result in a change to
the risk profile,
• when an incident has occurred, or
• at least quarterly.

The Principal Contractor shall provide the Employer, sub-contractors and all other
concerned parties with copies of any changes, alterations or amendments as contemplated
above.

Activities carried out without conducting a risk assessment or found to be non-compliant with the
risk assessment, will be stopped until such time a risk assessment is compiled, and work is carried
out according to the risk assessment.

Risk assessments must be fully communicated to all relevant personnel and must be considered
when establishing training, awareness and competency requirements. Records of risk
assessment communications must be kept for inspection purposes.

b) Baseline Risk Assessment

SANRAL prepared a Baseline Risk Assessment from which the Health and Safety Specifications
for this project was prepared. The Baseline Risk Assessment highlights all work for which The
Principal Contractor must prepare safe work procedures and or work method statements. It must
be noted that the Baseline Risk Assessment is not exhaustive and Principal Contractors are
required to identify risks and come up with control measures, this must be identified by Principal
Contractor when preparing the Issue Based Risk Assessments.

The Baseline Risk Assessment for this Project can be found in clause E1018.

c) Continuous Risk Assessment

The Principal Contractor shall continuously assess the risks of the activities that are carried out.
Risk assessments must be in writing, site specific and must be reviewed continuously as per
E1009 a(iii) to ensure it is current and it address all the relevant hazards and risks associated
with the specific activity at the specific site.

The Risk assessment must be discussed with the whole work crew before the activity starts and
the work crew must acknowledge in writing having discussed the risk assessment and that they

C3-116
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 understand it. This acknowledgement must be on site and must be available to the client for audit
purposes.

E1010 LEGAL COMPLIANCE AND DOCUMENT CONTROL

The Principal Contractor is required to implement systems and procedures to ensure legal compliance
through:
• Identification of all relevant HSE legislation, standards and codes applicable to its operations.
• Have available copies of all relevant HSE legislation, standards and codes for reference
purposes.
• Update systems and procedures with changed / updated legislation, standards and codes.
• Communicate to all employees any changes that may affect their accountabilities and
conformances
• Incorporate any legal requirements into their HSE management system
• Monitor and review their HSE management system for effectiveness.

The Principal Contractor shall, as a minimum, comply with:

• The Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations (Act 85 of 1993), an up-to-date copy of
which shall be available on site at all times.
• The Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act (Act 130 of 1993), an up-to-date
copy of which shall be available on site at all times.
• Where work is being carried out on a quarry / borrow pit / “mine”, The Principal Contractor shall
comply with the Mines Health and Safety Act and Regulations (Act 29 of 1960) and any other
OH&S requirements that the mine may specify. An up-to-date copy of the Mines Health and Safety
Act and Regulations shall be available on site at all times.

Wherever in the Construction Regulations or this specification there is reference to other regulations
(e.g. Construction Regulation 24: Electrical Installations and Machinery on Construction Sites) The
Principal Contractor shall be conversant with and shall comply with these regulations.

All legal appointments of The Principal Contractor regarding the Health and Safety of his employees
who are to work on the project are addressed and governed by the OHS Act and applicable Regulations.
Legal appointments must be in place and must reflect in the project safety file before work commences.

a) Overall Supervision and Responsibility for OH&S

SANRAL will appoint the Principal Contractor in terms of Construction Regulation 5(1)(k). A
Mandatory agreement as per Section 37.2 of the OHS Act, shall be signed between SANRAL and
the Principal Contractor.

It is a requirement that the Principal Contractor, when he appoints other contractors in terms of
Construction Regulations 7(1)(c), 7(1)(d), 7(1)(f) and 7(3) includes in his agreement with such
Contractors the following:
• OH&S Act (85 of 1993), Section 37(2) agreement: “Agreement with Mandatory”.
• OH&S Act (85 of 1993), Section 16(2) appointee(s) as detailed in his/her/their respective
appointment forms. (Where applicable).

The signed Mandatory agreements shall be placed in the project file for reference and for audit
trail purposes.

b) Specific Supervision Responsibilities for OH&S

The Principal Contractor shall appoint designated competent employees and/or other competent
persons as required by the OHS Act and Regulations, as well as this specification. Appointments
shall be in writing and the responsibilities clearly stated together with the period for which the
appointment is made. This information shall be communicated to and agreed with the appointees.
Where applicable, the training certificate must be attached to the appointment. Notice of
appointments shall be submitted to the Employer. All changes shall also be communicated to the
Employer.

C3-117
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Below is a list of possible appointments for the project, which is not an all-inclusive list, but for
reference purposes only:

Appointment Legal Reference

Assistant to CEO OHS Act 16(2)
Health and Safety Representative OHS Act 17(1)
Nominated Health and Safety Committee Member OHS Act 19(3)
Contractor (Sub-contractor) CR 7(1)(c)(v)
Construction Manager CR 8(1)
Alternate Construction Manager CR 8(1)
Assistant Construction Manager CR 8(2)
Health and Safety Officer CR 8(5)
Construction Supervisor CR 8(7)
Assistant Construction Supervisor CR 8(8)
Risk Assessor CR 9(1)
Fall Protection Plan Developer CR 10(1)(a)
Structure Inspector CR 11(2)(a)
Temporary Works Designer CR 12(1)
Temporary Works Supervisor CR 12(2)
Excavation Supervisor CR 13(1)(a)
Demolition Supervisor CR 14(1)
Competent Person in the use of Explosives CR 14(11)
Scaffold Supervisor CR 16(1)
Suspended Platform Supervisor CR 17(1)
Rope Access Supervisor CR 18(1)(a)
Material Hoist Inspector CR 19(8)(a)
Bulk Mixing Plant Supervisor CR 20(1)
Explosive actuated fastening device Inspector CR 21(2)(b)
Explosive actuated fastening device cartridge Controller CR 21(2)(g)(i)
Construction Vehicle & Mobile Plant Operator Authorised CR 23(1)(d)(i)
Temporary Electrical Installation Controller CR 24(c )
Stacking and Storage Supervisor CR 28(a)
Fire Equipment Inspector CR 29(h)
Incident investigator GAR 9(2)
Lifting tackle inspector DMR 18(10)(e)
Ladder inspector GSR 13(a)
Certified Explosives Manager ER 12(1)
First Aider GSR GSR 3(4)
Lifting machine Operator DMR 18(11)

In addition to the above, the Employer requires that a Traffic Safety Officer be appointed.

It is a requirement that The Principal Contractor shall provide the Employer with an organogram
of all sub-contractors that he/she has appointed or intends to appoint and keep this list updated
and prominently displayed on site.

C3-118
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
c) Designation of OH&S Representatives (Section 17 of the OH&S Act)

Where the Principal Contractor employs more than 20 persons (including the employees of sub-
contractors) he has to appoint 1 (one) OH&S representative for every 50 employees or part
thereof. This is a minimum (legal) requirement. The Principal Contractor may at his own discretion
appoint more OH&S representatives according to site specific requirements. General
Administrative Regulation 6 requires that the appointment or election of the OH&S
representatives be conducted in consultation with employee representatives or employees
(Section 17 of the Act and General Administrative Regulation 6 & 7). OH&S representatives shall
be designated in writing and the designation shall include the area of responsibility of the person
and term of the designation. OH&S representatives must be experienced, permanently employed
by The Principal Contractor or his sub-contractors, trained and able to move freely within their
designated area of responsibility.

d) Duties and Functions of the OH&S Representatives (Section 18 of the OH&S Act)

The Principal Contractor shall ensure that the designated OH&S representatives perform their
functions in respect of the workplace or section of the workplace for which they have been
appointed. These functions include to conduct continuous monitoring and monthly inspections of
their respective areas of responsibility, focusing on unsafe acts and unsafe conditions and report
thereon to The Principal Contractor and OH&S Committee. OH&S representatives shall
participate in accident or incident investigations. OH&S representatives shall attend all OH&S
committee meetings. The complete list of functions can be found in Section 18 of the OHS Act.

e) Appointment of OH&S Committee (Sections 19 and 20 of the OH&S Act)

The Principal Contractor shall establish an OH&S committee, which shall meet at least once a
month, where two or more Health and Safety Representatives have been appointed. OH&S
representatives must be appointed as OH&S committee members. The number of members
nominated by management may not exceed the number of OH&S representatives on the
committee and must be appointed in writing.

E1011 OPERATIONAL INTEGRITY

The operational integrity of plant, equipment, structures and protective systems must be monitored and
assured on an ongoing basis throughout the project cycle. Hazards must be identified, risks assessed
and as far as reasonably practicable, eliminated or the risks treated to as low as reasonably practicable
(ALARP).

a) Construction Plant & Equipment

The Principal Contractor shall maintain all items of plant and equipment necessary to perform the
work in a safe condition.

SANRAL reserves the right to inspect items of plant and equipment brought to site and used on
site by The Principal Contractor. Should it be found that any item is inadequate, faulty, unsafe or
in any other way unsuitable for the safe and satisfactory execution of the work for which it is
intended, The Principal Contractor will be advised of such observation/inspection, and The
Principal Contractor shall be required to repair, make safe or remove such item from operation
and replace it with a safe and adequate substitute.

The Principal Contractor shall ensure that all plant, equipment, and power tools that are brought
onto and used on site are:
• Appropriate for the type of work to be performed
• Placed on a register and inspected by a competent person and / or the authorized operator
before use, daily or monthly dependent on Legislation.
• Record inspection findings on a register that must be kept on site.
• The inspection register shall reflect the serial number of the plant, equipment or power tool.
• Maintained and used in accordance with the manufacturers’ recommendations
• Have adequate machine guarding fitted to all exposed rotating or moving parts, as
reasonably practicable, that have the potential to cause harm

C3-119
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 • All electrical power supply units are protected with operational earth leakage devices.
• Any defective, damaged or sub-standard equipment must be marked as unsafe for use and
removed from operation as soon as possible

b) Standards and Registers

As standard project procedures, The Principal Contractor is expected to:

• Set up an initial set of registers as per the requirements of the OHS Act and Regulations.
• Complete the registers for each piece of plant, tool and equipment brought on and used on
site
• Maintain a complete, continuous and comprehensive inspection and service history in
these registers or checklists
• Ensure daily, weekly, monthly inspections are done and recorded for all plant, tools &
equipment by a competent person and / or authorized operator as required by the OHS Act
and Regulations.
• Have the inspection and maintenance records available for audit purposes.

E1012 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND HYGIENE

a) Medical Fitness for Duty

All contractor employees shall undergo medical examinations and be certified fit for duty by an
Occupational Health Practitioner before they are allowed to work on site.

The medical certificate must be in the form of Annexure 3 of the Construction Regulations and
stipulate the possible exposures the employee might be exposed to during the execution of the
project.

It is recommended and in the best interest of The Principal Contractor to implement pre-
employment, periodic, as well as exit medical surveillance, especially with regards to Section 8
of the Noise Induced Hearing Loss Regulation.

b) First Aid

According to GSR 3(4), where more than 10 employees are employed at a workplace/worksite,
The Principal Contractor shall ensure that there is at least one trained first aider for every group
of 50 employees at the workplace/site. First Aid boxes must be provided where more than 5
employees are employed and must be readily available and accessible for the treatment of injured
persons at the workplace.

To ensure immediate treatment of an injured person, it is recommended that all work crews have
at least one trained first aider, with a fully stocked first aid box, irrespective of the number of
people in the work crew. This is especially important when contractors work at great distances
from the nearest emergency facility or town. These persons shall be appointed in writing as the
first aiders with their certificates attached as proof of competency.

The minimum contents of the first aid box shall be as per the supplied list in the General Safety
Regulations.

All treatments done must be recorded on a register and kept with the first aid box. A trained and
appointed first aider must be responsible for the first aid box and its content. Used content must
be replenished as soon as possible.

In order to ensure prompt response at the emergency facility it is recommended that the W.Cl 2
forms be partially completed with the Employers’ details.

c) Hygiene Facilities

The Principal Contractor and his contractors shall ensure compliance to Section 30 of the
Construction Regulations with regards to facilities on the construction site as well as where
accommodation is provided to employees on remote sites. The Principal Contractor shall ensure

C3-120
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 that the facilities are kept clean at all times, either through a service provider or self-employed
persons. The Principal Contractor shall provide employees with at least one sanitary facility for
each sex and for every 30 workers, changing facilities for each sex and sheltered eating areas.

d) Health related Epidemics and Pandemics

The contractor shall, as far as reasonably practicable describe in his health and safety plan how
health related epidemics and pandemics will be dealt with. The Employer is aware that this section
in the health and safety plan will not speak to specifics, but generic procedures. The Contractor
must ensure that the requirements stipulated in the Hazardous Biological Agents (HBA)
Regulation are addressed in his health and safety plan, training and information given to staff and
procedures implemented on site to prevent health risks on site.

Once the nature and scale of the epidemic or pandemic is known, the Contractor must update his
health and safety plan with the relevant information and send the updated plan to the relevant
appointed OHS Agent for approval. Once approved, the Contractor must implement the updated
health and safety plan and maintain the updated plan on site.

E1013 WASTE MANAGEMENT

The Principal Contractor shall comply with all applicable and relevant Waste management legislation,
as well as municipal bylaws applicable to waste management.

The Principal Contractor shall remove all waste generated at the construction site as soon as possible
after generation to ensure good housekeeping at all times. The Principal Contractor shall have a waste
management plan which must be implemented on the construction site and which will have the objective
to ensure that waste is managed according to the Waste Management Hierarchy:
• Reduce what you can. If you cannot reduce then,
• Re-use what you can. If you cannot re-use then,
• Recycle what you can. What you cannot recycle,
• Convert into energy sources. If it cannot be converted to an energy source,
• Dispose of in a landfill – this is only to be done as a last resort and disposed without endangering
human health and without using processes or methods which could harm the environment.

E1014 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE MANAGEMENT

The Principal Contractor shall ensure that hazardous substances brought onto site are easily identifiable
and stored according to the requirements of the General Safety Regulations, GNR. 1031 of 1986,
Section 4.

Where flammable liquids are being used or stored, this must be done in a manner which would not
cause a fire or explosion hazard.

The Principal Contractor shall have Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) readily available for flammable,
hazardous and toxic chemical substances and materials brought onto site and shall ensure that his
employees are trained in these MSDS’s.

Flammable, hazardous or toxic chemical substances may not be stored in empty food or drink
containers. Empty flammable, hazardous and toxic containers must be disposed of in a safe manner,
which will prevent further use of such a container.

A survey of the construction site must be done during site establishment, to locate any asbestos. Should
asbestos be located, the conditions of the Asbestos Regulations, GNR. 155 of 2002 must be followed
and complied with.

C3-121
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
E1015 CONTRACTORS

a) Consultations, Communications and Liaison

OH&S liaison between the Employer, The Principal Contractor, The Contractors, the designer
and other concerned parties will be through the OH&S committee. In addition to the above,
communication may be directly to the Employer or his appointed agent, verbally or in writing, as
and when the need arises.

Consultation with the workforce on OH&S matters will be through their construction managers
and supervisors, OH&S representatives and the OH&S committee. The Principal Contractor shall
be responsible for the dissemination of all relevant OH&S information to The Contractors e.g.
design changes agreed with the Employer and the designer, instructions by the Employer and/or
his/her agent, exchange of information between subcontractors, the reporting of
hazardous/dangerous conditions/situations etc. The Principal Contractors’ most senior manager
on site shall be required to attend all OH&S meetings.

b) Operational Procedures

Each construction activity shall be assessed by The Principal Contractor so as to identify

operational procedures that will mitigate against the occurrence of an incident during the
execution of each activity. This specification requires The Principal Contractor:
• to be conversant with all relevant Regulations;
• to comply with their provisions;
• to include them in his OH&S plan where relevant

c) Checking, Reporting and Corrective Actions

i) Monthly Audit by Employer (Construction Regulation 5(1)(o)

The Employer will conduct monthly health and safety and document verification audits in
compliance with Construction Regulation 5(1)(o) in order to ensure that The Principal
Contractor has implemented and is maintaining the agreed and approved OH&S plan.

The Principal Contractor will be provided with a copy of the Health and Safety audit report
within seven days after the audit. The Employer or his representative may stop any
Principal Contractor from executing a construction activity which poses a threat to the
health and safety of persons which is not in accordance with the client’s health and safety
specification and the Principal contractor’s health and safety plan for the specific site.

ii) Other Audits and Inspections by the Employer

The Employer reserves the right to conduct other ad hoc audits and inspections as deemed
necessary. This will include site safety walks.

iii) Principal Contractor’s Audits and Inspections

The Principal Contractor must conduct his own regular internal audits to verify compliance
with his own OH&S management system, as well as with this specification.
The Principal Contractor shall furthermore ensure that each contractor`s health & safety
plan is being implemented and maintained. The Principal Contractor will ensure that
periodic health and safety audits and document verification are conducted at intervals
mutually agreed upon between the Principal Contractor and any contractor, but at least
once every 30 days.

iv) Inspections by OH&S Representatives and other Appointees

OH&S representatives shall conduct monthly inspections of their areas of responsibility and
report thereon to their foreman or supervisor, as well as the OH&S Committee, whilst other
appointees shall conduct inspections and report thereon as specified in their appointments
e.g. vehicle, plant and machinery drivers, operators and users must conduct daily
inspections before start-up.

C3-122
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 v) Recording and Review of Inspection Results

All the results of the abovementioned inspections shall be in writing, reviewed at OH&S
committee meetings, endorsed by the chairman of the meeting and placed on the OH&S
File.

d) Project Health and Safety Management Plan

As per Section 5(1) (l) and Section 7(1) (a) of the Construction Regulations of 2014, The Principal
Contractor shall develop, implement and administer a Health and Safety Management Plan. The
plan shall be in writing and shall be negotiated between The Principal Contractor and SANRAL
or designated OHS Agent and must be approved by SANRAL or the designated OHS Agent prior
to the commencement of work on site. The plan shall demonstrate management’s commitment
to ensure employee health and safety as their primary objective during the contract. The H&S
plan shall be site and project specific and must address all aspects of the project H&S
specification.

e) Project Health and Safety File

The Principal Contractor shall compile a project specific Health and Safety File that consist of all
the relevant project specific documentation. The Health and Safety file may consist of multiple
files, which when combined should contain all the required documentation.

It is recommended that the project specific Health and Safety file contain at least the following:
• Scope and summary of the project as well as any scope changes.
• Notification of Construction Work to DoL / Copy of Work Permit
• Proof of COID registration (Letter of Good Standing)
• Contractor Health and Safety Policy statement signed by management
• Appointment of Principal Contractor
• Mandatory Agreement – OH&S Act 37.2 (Between Employer and Principal Contractor)
• Client Health and Safety specification
• Latest copy of the OHS Act end Regulations
• Company Organogram depicting Health and Safety Responsibilities, including sub-
contractors
• Employee list including copy of IDs and medicals
• Project specific Health and Safety Management Plan agreed with the Employer – See
E1015(d) above
• Relevant OH&S Legal appointments which includes duties and responsibilities as well as
competencies (training certificate)
• Copies of minutes of meetings – OH&S committee and other relevant OH&S meeting
minutes
• Site specific Fall Protection Plan (if applicable)
• Risk Assessments
• Contractor Induction material
• Waste management Plan
• Emergency preparedness (first aid, firefighting, emergency plan, etc.)
• Emergency Contact Telephone numbers
• List of hazardous chemical substances used on site
• Material Safety Data Sheets of hazardous chemicals on site
• List of plant & equipment to be used on site
• Inspection Checklists/Registers of plant & equipment and emergency equipment
• List of Sub-contractors including type of work
• Sub-contractor 37.2 Mandatary Agreements
• Sub-contractor appointments which shall include the type of work The Principal Contractor
is appointed for.

C3-123
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
f) Contracting Philosophy

Any site-specific hazards and safety management expectations will be made known to the
Principal Contractor prior to the work commencing on site. This will be done through the OH&S
Specification for the project. SANRAL as the Employer / Client may specify requirements that are
stricter than Legislative requirements in this OH&S Specification. Legal OHS requirements
contained in the OHS Act and Regulations, SANS Codes and the project OH&S Specifications
are the minimum requirements the Principal Contractor must apply during this contract with
regards to Occupational Health and Safety. The Principal Contractor shall implement the
minimum OH&S requirements and ensure conformance to these at all times.

g) Workers Compensation Registration

The Principal Contractor shall ensure that his employees are covered for any occupational injuries
and illnesses in terms of the Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act 130 of 1993, which cover
shall remain in place and up to date for the duration of the project.
The Principal Contractor shall ensure that his sub-contractor employees are covered for any
occupational injuries and illnesses in terms of the Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act 130 of
1993, which cover shall remain in place and up to date for the duration of the project.

h) HSE Non-Compliance

It is a legal duty of the client according to the Construction Regulation 5(1)(q) that a Principal
Contractor is stopped from executing any activity which poses a threat to the health and safety of
persons. Depending on the seriousness of the non-compliance only the specific activity may be
stopped until the non-compliance is rectified or the whole operation may be stopped.

It is also the duty of every employee to take reasonable care of his own health and safety and of
other persons who may be affected by his acts as per OHS Act, Section 14(a). Keeping this in
mind, it is required of The Principal Contractor to ensure his employees has the right to remove
themselves from any unsafe situation or work activity, without any negative consequence to them
until such time as The Principal Contractor has made the unsafe situation or activity as safe as
practicable possible.

i) Indemnity by Contractor

The Principal Contractor shall indemnify the Employer against and from all damages, losses and
expenses (including legal fees and expenses) resulting from:
i) the loss of output and delay caused by the slowing down or partial or total stoppage of work
caused by:
• all or any of The Principal Contractor’s workforce as a result of a dispute between all
or any of the Principal Contractor’s workforce and The Principal Contractor; or
• all or any of the Principal Contractor’s suppliers’ difficulty or impossibility to deliver
goods or materials needed to perform the Works;
ii) Any unlawful, riotous or disorderly conduct by or amongst the Principal Contractor’s
personnel.”

j) The Principal Contractor Conduct

Guidelines to the most important rules that shall be implemented and maintained by the Principal
Contractor:
• Complete compliance to the OH&S Act 85 of 1993 and Regulations,
• Hazard identification and Risk Assessments for all activities,
• Daily communication of DSTI’s before work commences, even if it is a repetitive task,
• Safe access and egress to and from work areas,
• Compulsory use of lifelines, Safety Harnesses and Fall Arrestors (Lanyards to be attached
at all times), when working in elevated positions,
• Scaffold shall comply with Legal and SANS standards at all times,
• Good housekeeping and stacking practices,
• Safe lifting, rigging and slinging practices,
• Complying to Legal standards for lifting machinery & equipment,

C3-124
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 • No lifting in wind conditions exceeding 30km/h (This is a guide and is dependent on risk
assessments),
• Securing of tools, equipment and material at heights,
• Wearing of appropriate personal protective equipment as identified in the risk assessment.

Supervisors in charge are responsible for ensuring that the employees are aware of the hazards
/ risks involved in the work they will be doing/are doing and shall ensure the safety rules are
obeyed.

No person shall act in a manner that endangers or is likely to endanger, the safety of any other
person, or cause harm to any other person.

An employee who observes any dangerous situation, shall as soon as possible inform the person
who is responsible for that section of the site.

Any employee who becomes aware of any person disregarding any safety rules, shall remind that
person of the rules. If he persists in disregarding the rules, the matter must be reported to his
supervisor.

No person shall damage, alter, remove, render ineffective or interfere with anything that has been
provided for the protection of the site, or for the health and safety of persons.

No person shall interfere with or use firefighting equipment without authority and training.

No person in a state of intoxication or condition that render him incapable of controlling himself
shall enter or be allowed to enter the site.

No alcohol or illegal drugs shall be taken onto the site.

All safety and warning signs shall be obeyed.

Always be alert of construction vehicles as well as traffic. Never turn your back to oncoming traffic,
always have a line of sight.

k) Principal Contractor and Contractor Management

The Principal Contractor shall establish, maintain and ensure that all his contractors establish and
maintain OH&S standards and systems as necessary and to comply with the Legal requirements
as well as these OH&S specifications.

The Principal Contractor shall be solely responsible for carrying out work on the project, having
the highest regard for the health and safety of his employees and people in the vicinity of his work
area.

l) Public Health and Safety

The Principal Contractor shall, as far as is reasonably practicable, be responsible for ensuring
that non-employees affected by the construction work are made aware of the dangers likely to
arise from said construction work as well as the precautionary measures to be observed to avoid
or minimise those dangers.

This includes:
• Non- employees entering the site for whatever reason
• The surrounding community
• Passers-by to the site.

E1016 DESIGNING FOR HEALTH, SAFETY AND THE ENVIRONMENT

Designing for safety is a process aimed at minimizing injury, death, property damage or destruction and
harm to the environment, by utilizing an approach to identify and eliminate or control hazardous
conditions and material during the design process. The Principal Contractor is responsible for appointing

C3-125
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
the temporary works Designer and shall ensure that the temporary works Designer implement a process
and designs the temporary works in such a way that ensure the safety of employees during the erection,
use and dismantling of the temporary works. The temporary work designer shall comply with the duties
of the Temporary Work Designer as per the Construction Regulations, 2014 Section 6(2).

The Principal Contractor must communicate the anticipated risks and hazards resulting from the design
to his employees and establish safe work procedures for the temporary works.

E1017 INCIDENT MANAGEMENT

The Principal Contractor shall ensure that a culture exists within his company that promotes the
recognition, response, reporting and investigation of incidents, including near misses (near hits). The
Principal Contractor must implement a procedure for reporting and investigating accidents, incidents
and near misses. The Principal Contractor should have a clear objective and target to obtain zero injuries
for the duration of the project and such an objective must be communicated to all employees.

Appropriate corrective actions must be implemented, and the applicable learnings must be shared within
The Principal Contractors business to prevent a recurrence of the incident or to prevent the near miss
from becoming an incident in future.

(a) Incidents and Accidents

The Principal Contractor and his contractors shall coordinate their investigation of all
accidents/incidents where employees and non-employees were injured to the extent that he had
to be referred for medical treatment by a doctor, hospital or clinic. The results of the investigation
shall be entered into an accident/incident register, which must be updated with each
accident/indent.

The Principal Contractor shall notify the relevant SANRAL Project Manager and or SANRAL OHS
Specialist of any incident/accident within the Principal Contractors or his Contractors area of
responsibility in writing as soon as possible.

Although the accident/incident is reported to the client, the Principal Contractor has a
responsibility and is required by law to report any Section 24 accidents and incidents to the
Department of Labour. Any road traffic accident must be reported to the relevant authorities.

It is essential that the Principal Contractor demonstrate that corrective and preventative action
has been taken to prevent a similar incident in future and that it is communicated to all the
Principal Contractors affected staff. A copy of the investigation, corrective and preventative action
taken as well as the attendance register of the employees who attended the discussion of the
incident and the action implemented to prevent a similar incident, must be forwarded to the
SANRAL Project Manager and or the SANRAL OHS Specialist.

Investigations must be completed for:

• Near Miss Incidents (To prevent it from becoming an incident)
• First Aid case Incidents
• Medical treatment case Incidents
• Fatalities

(b) Incident Reporting

The Principal Contractor shall provide the Employer with copies of all statutory reports required
in terms of the Act within 7 days of the incident occurring. In addition, The Principal Contractor
shall update monthly the Disabling Injury Frequency Ratio (DIFR) and display this information on
a signboard at the site office.

The Principal Contractor is responsible for collecting, recording, calculating and reporting his and
his sub-contractors Health & Safety statistics to the SANRAL OHS Specialist.
The statistics should contain at least the following for all employees of all contractors working on
the project:
• Total Number of workers

C3-126
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 • Total Number of hours worked (on the SANRAL project)
• Total Number of Near Miss Incidents
• Total Number of First Aid case Incidents
• Total Number of Medical Treatment case Incidents (Excluding Section 24 type incidents)
• Total Number of Section 24 type Incidents
• Preventative actions taken on incidents that have occurred
• Communication to employees and contractors of incidents and preventative actions.

E1018 PROJECT SPECIFIC CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

The clause contains specific requirements for Contract SANRAL R335-010-2017/1, which must be
adhered to in addition to minimum legislative requirements.

a) Baseline Risk Assessment

The following is a list of activities, hazards and risks identified which forms the Baseline Risk
Assessment for the project prepared by the Client in terms of Construction Regulation 5(1) (a):

Risks associated for identified activities and hazards:

Risk
Rating
Activity Associated Hazards Associated Risks High
Medium
Low
Site establishment Extreme temperatures; Heat exhaustion;
Pesticides, herbicides, dust. Dehydration;
Snakes, bees, spiders, vermin Poisoning;
(rats & mice); Fatality / Serious health effect;
Portable electrical equipment; Silicosis;
M
Electrical hand tools; Lifting Electrical shock;
equipment; Personal Injuries;
Aggrieved members of the Falling objects;
public. Strikes / riots

Security Aggrieved members of the Protest

public; Riots
M
Uncontrolled people Theft

Loading / Unloading of Lifting equipment; Material / plant falling from

materials / plant & Inexperience operators; height;
equipment from trucks Inexperienced workers; Operator losing control;
M
Employees under / close to
suspended loads.

Transportation of Overloaded vehicles; Operator losing control of

personnel / materials Transportation of workers in vehicle;
vehicles not designed to Vehicle overturning;
transport people; Vehicle accidents; H
Transporting vehicle defective / Fatality;
not roadworthy Serious injuries

Erection of temporary Extreme temperatures; Heat exhaustion;

site offices / Pesticides, herbicides, dust, Poisoning;
Laboratory cement; Fatality / Serious health effect;
Snakes, bees, spiders, vermin Silicosis;
M
(rats & mice); Electrical shock;
Portable electrical equipment; Personal Injuries;
Electrical hand tools; Lifting Falling objects;
equipment; Temporary works; Strikes / riots

C3-127
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Risk
Rating
Activity Associated Hazards Associated Risks High
Medium
Low
Aggrieved members of the
public.
Working with and Hazardous, flammable and Chemical burns;
handling of hazardous toxic substances Fire;
/ flammable / toxic Serious injuries; M
materials Fatalities

Disposal of waste Hazardous waste Environmental pollution

materials Re-use of containers can have
serious health effect on people H
or fatal.

Traffic accommodation Public vehicles; Employees run over by public

/ calming Extreme temperatures vehicles – serious injuries
Stop & Go /fatalities
Heat exhaustion
Public not adhering to stop & go H
signals / try to bypass stop & go
– fatality / serious injuries /
vehicle accidents.

Working in elevated Defective / Inadequate Inadequate protection of

positions - Working at equipment; employees against falls;
heights, on slopes, Improper use or non-use of fall Electrical Shock;
next to excavations, on protection equipment; Electrical arching;
trucks. Environmental conditions – Slippery work surfaces; H
rain / strong wind, lighting; Fatality / serious injuries;
Live electrical power lines;
Suspension trauma.

Stockpiling Material falling from stockpile Serious personal injuries;

Material damage M

Operations involving Noise Noise induced hearing loss

Noise M

Operations involving Vibration Damage to joints, muscles,

Vibration circulation and sensory nerves. M

Working above / near Working at heights Drowning

water environments Water environment M

Working near existing Electricity Electrical Shock;

services – Electrical arching;
overhead/underground Fire;
power cables; Burns H
telecommunication Fatality
cables Serious injury

Working with portable Electricity Electrical shock

electrical equipment – Electrical tools Cuts
grinders, circular saws, Portable electrical equipment Personal injuries M
generators

Lifting / Lowering Elevated objects Lifting machine / crane

H
operations Lifting machines overturning;

C3-128
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Risk
Rating
Activity Associated Hazards Associated Risks High
Medium
Low
Improper rigging Falling objects
Electrical cables Dropped loads
Strong winds
Loads striking personnel,
vehicles or equipment.
People working underneath
High voltage power lines may
arch onto crane boom.

Driving and operation Distracted drivers; Fatalities;

of construction Recklessness; Serious injuries;
vehicles and mobile Impaired driving; Crashes;
plant Poor visibility; Vehicles, plant and equipment
Poor road conditions; damage;
Unsecured loads; Workers not seen by operators;
Uncontrolled vehicle entry; Workers working too close to H
Equipment failure; mobile plant and vehicles;
Public vehicles; Construction vehicles & mobile
Uneven ground surfaces plant not road worthy / defective;
Roll over of construction
vehicles / plant.

Excavation work Unstable ground Cave-ins;

Underground electrical cables; People falling into excavation;
Underground pipelines; Workers buried in excavation
Excavation equipment, due to cave-ins;
construction vehicles & plant. Construction vehicles / plant H
falling into excavation;
Fatalities;
Serious injuries

Use of explosives Explosives; Fatality;

Flying debris Serious Injuries M

Gabion work Manual handling Personal injuries

Slopes Trips, Slips & Falls
M
Slippery Rocks

Work adjacent or in Trains Working too close to railway

proximity of railway track can cause train draft to
lines suck workers under trains.
H
People falling onto or in front of
trains while working above
railway track.
Work adjacent or near Public vehicles Workers not attentive to
traffic approaching vehicles.
Drivers not slowing down to
indicated speed limit. H
Drivers losing control of their
vehicles.

Temporary works – Temporary works Falls from height;

Form work & support Collapse of temporary work H
work overloading
Demolition work Demolition equipment Fatality;
H
Flying debris Serious Injuries;

C3-129
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Risk
Rating
Activity Associated Hazards Associated Risks High
Medium
Low
Explosives; Damage to equipment;
Damage to public assets

Work adjacent to Construction plant and Injury to public persons;

public property equipment; Damage to public property and
Excavation activities; assets; H
Demolition activities;

Protection of public Unprotected temporary works; Public persons accessing

H&S Stockpiles; construction area, stockpiles
Incomplete structures. and incomplete structures. H
Fatality / Serious injury to public
persons
Welfare facilities – Water not suitable for human Serious health effects;
drinking water; eating consumption; Dehydration
facilities; sanitary Shortage of water; Environmental pollution
M
facilities Hazardous substances;
Environmental impact.

Working in the Bees Poisoning;

environment Snakes Fatality / Serious health effect;
Spiders Electrical shock / burns;
Lighting Personal Injuries;
Strong winds Slips; M
Heavy rain Drowning;
Hot/cold conditions Heat exhaustion;
Dehydration;

Hazardous biological agents Serious health effects;

Fatality;
H
Pandemic;
Epidemic

b) Daily Site Attendance Register

The Principal Contractor shall keep a daily site register so as to be able to identify the entire
Contractors personnel on site in case of an emergency or evacuation situation. The attendance
register must include permanent as well as temporary workers working on the site.

All contractors shall report to security/reception upon arrival at site. The Principal Contractor will
only grant first time access to work on the site if all required documentation has been provided by
the contractor and has been approved by the Principal Contractor.

All site visitors, suppliers and any new contractors shall report to security/reception upon arrival
at site. All visitors need to sign an attendance register when visiting the site. Visitors include all
persons which are not permanently working on the site but excludes temporary site workers.
Visitors must undergo site induction training before they are allowed on site to make them aware
of the site dangers.

c) Emergency Numbers / Emergency Evacuation

A list with emergency numbers must be readily available to first aiders and supervisors.
Emergency numbers must be site specific and must display the nearest emergency facilities.

The Principal Contractor shall identify and formulate emergency procedures in the event an
incident does occur. The emergency procedures thus identified shall also be included in The
Principal Contractor’s OH&S plan and communicated as part of induction training. It is the

C3-130
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 responsibility of the first aid worker, together with the construction supervisor, to make an
assessment regarding the severity of injuries and which actions are appropriate. For example:
transfer to a medical facility by ambulance or helicopter.

The Principal Contractor must implement an emergency evacuation procedure on site to ensure
that in case of an emergency, all staff will leave their place of work when the emergency siren is
sound and proceed to the designated emergency assembly point. The emergency assembly point
at the site office must display the sign “Emergency Assembly Point”.

An evacuation route diagram must be displayed and visible at strategic points in the site office
buildings and on notice boards.

All staff working on site must be given awareness training on the emergency evacuation
procedure and evacuation drills must be exercised to ensure all staff know the correct procedure
to follow in case of an emergency.

d) Site Security

Certain areas where work must be carried out, is recognized unsafe areas and certain other areas
may from time to time become unsafe, due to 3rd party actions. The Principal Contractor must, as
far as reasonably possible, anticipate unsafe areas and must ensure that his site staff is safe from
3rd party actions, which include but is not limited to:
• Unrests,
• Violent Demonstrations,
• Theft,
• Injury to staff due to 3rd party actions.

The Principal Contractor must, when work is to be carried out in the above-mentioned areas,
make provision for security services to accompany site staff during the execution of their work, as
The Principal Contractor is responsible for the Health, Safety and Security of his own staff. The
provision for security services must form part of The Principal Contractors tender.

e) Personal Protective Equipment

Comply with General Safety Regulations, Section 2

The Principal Contractor shall identify the hazards in the workplace and follow the hierarchy of
controls to prevent incidents. Where possible, hazards must be eliminated or, where
impracticable, mitigate the hazards through implementing control measures. Where mitigated
hazards still pose a risk to the health and safety of workers, take steps to protect workers and
make it possible for them to work safely and without risk to their health under the hazardous
conditions, by wearing personal protective equipment and clothing.

Personal protective equipment (PPE) should, however, be the last resort and there should always
first be an attempt to apply engineering and other solutions to mitigate hazardous situations before
the wearing of PPE is considered. The hierarchy of hazard control must be followed before the
option of personal protective equipment is considered. The following hierarchy of controls must
be followed:
• Elimination
• Passive Controls
- Substitution – Using a cherry picker or man-lift instead of a ladder.
- Engineering Controls – Installing barrier railings; Installing stairs instead of using
vertical ladders.
• Active Controls
- Administrative policies and procedures
- Personal protective equipment

Where it is not possible to create an absolutely safe and healthy workplace, the Principal
Contractor shall inform employees regarding this and issue, free of charge, suitable equipment to
protect them from any hazards being present and that allows them to work safely and without risk
to health in the hazardous environment.

C3-131
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 It is a further requirement that the Principal Contractor maintain the said equipment, that he
instructs and trains the employees in the use of the equipment and ensures that the prescribed
equipment is used by the employee/s.

Employees do not have the right to refuse to use/wear the equipment prescribed by the Employer
and, if it is impossible for an employee to use or wear prescribed protective equipment through
health or any other reason, the employee cannot be allowed to continue working under the
hazardous condition/s for which the equipment was prescribed but an alternative solution has to
be found that may include relocating the employee.

The Principal Contractor shall include in his OH&S plan the PPE he intends issuing to his
employees for use during construction and the sanctions he intends to apply in cases of non-
conformance by his employees. Conformance to the wearing of PPE shall be discussed at the
DSTI and Toolbox Talk meetings.

The Principal Contractor shall ensure that all his personnel, excluding those who are permanently
office bound, are equipped with reflective safety jackets and that these are worn at all times when
working on site. Any person found not wearing a reflective jacket on site must be removed from
the site until such time as he is in possession of and wearing a reflective jacket. Reflective safety
jackets shall be kept in good condition and any jackets that are ineffective must immediately be
replaced by The Principal Contractor.

f) Site Supervision

Comply with Construction Regulation, Section 8

The Principal Contractor shall appoint a competent Construction Manager who shall be
responsible for the construction activities and for ensuring occupational health and safety
compliance on the construction site.

g) Working in Elevated Positions

Comply with Construction Regulation, Section 10

The Principal Contractor shall ensure that a fall protection plan, developed by a competent person
who is designated as the Fall Protection Plan Developer, is available on site and understood by
all employees who will be working in elevated positions.
All employees working in elevated positions shall protected themselves from falls by wearing a
full body harness and the lanyard shall be attached as far as possible above the head of the
worker to a life-line or other approved and anchor point indicated in the fall protection plan.

In addition to obvious elevated work activities, work activities which include:

• Working on the edge of an excavation where there is a risk of falling into the excavation; or
• Work on the edge of a vertical drop where there is a risk of falling;

shall be considered work in elevated positions and Section 10 of the Construction Regulations
must be adhered to at all times. The hierarchy of controls must be implemented when such
activities are carried out. As a minimum the employee must wear PPE as identified in the risk
assessment, which shall include a full body harness.

h) Structures

Comply with Construction Regulations, Section 11.

The Principal Contractor shall ensure that all practicable measures are taken to prevent the
uncontrolled collapse of new or existing structures or any part thereof, which may become
unstable or is in a temporary state of weakness or instability due to the carrying out of construction
work. No structure may be loaded in a manner which would render it unsafe.

When a structure is of temporary nature, all conditions as required by the Construction

Regulations Section 12 - Temporary Works, must also be complied with.

C3-132
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
i) Excavations

Comply with Construction Regulations, Section 13

The Principal Contractor shall ensure that all excavations are carried out under the supervision
of a competent person who has been appointed in writing as Excavation Supervisor.

The Principal Contractor must evaluate the stability of the ground before excavation work begins
as well as during excavation work.

Excavations must be barricaded to prevent unauthorized access.

Material removed from excavations, as well as heavy machinery and construction vehicles, must
not be closer than 1 meter to the edge of the excavation, to prevent additional loads on the
excavation edge, which could cause cave-ins, to prevent construction vehicles from falling into
the excavation and to prevent the accumulation of carbon monoxide gas inside the excavation.

The principal contractor and its contractors must cause every excavation which is accessible to
the public or which is adjacent to the public roads or thoroughfares, or whereby the safety of
persons may be endangered, to be –
• Adequately protected by a barrier or fence and as close to the excavation as is practicable;
and
• Provided with warning illuminants or any other boundary indicators that are clearly visible
at night or when visibility is poor.

People working in the excavation must be adequately protected from cave-ins, by means of
protection systems such as trench boxed and shielding and must have a safe means of access
into the excavation and egress from the excavation.

j) Scaffolding

Comply with Construction Regulations, Section 16, General Safety Regulations, Section 6 and
SANS 10085 – The Design, erection, use and inspection of access scaffolding

The Principal Contractor shall appoint a competent person in writing as scaffolding Supervisor.
Scaffolding Inspectors and Scaffolding Erectors must be trained and found competent to carry
out scaffolding work. It is important to note that only competent scaffold erectors are allowed to
build the scaffolding. The scaffold inspector is not allowed to build the scaffold with the scaffold
erector team.

Scaffolding shall be erected according to SANS 10085 and shall be tagged “Unsafe for use” while
it is being build and “Safe for Use” after inspection indicated that the scaffold is safe to use. The
inspection of the scaffold shall be in writing and proof thereof shall be available for any user of
the scaffold as well as for audit purposes.

Scaffold left erected while The Principal Contractor is not in attendance, must be tagged with a
“Not Safe for Use” tag and all reasonably practicable measures must be taken to prevent
unauthorised access to the scaffold.

Scaffold must be inspected by the competent scaffold inspector on completion of the scaffold
build, weekly thereafter or following severe weather conditions.

Hazards such as overhead power lines must be identified before the scaffold is build and must
be reflected in the risk assessment.

When using mobile scaffold, employees and materials must be removed from scaffold before
moving the mobile scaffold. Hazards such as overhead power lines must be identified before
moving mobile scaffold and must reflect in the risk assessment.

C3-133
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
k) Suspended Platforms

Comply with Construction Regulation, Section 17, SANS 10295-2 - Suspended access equipment
Part 2: Temporary suspended platforms (TSPs)

All suspended platform work must be carried out under the supervision of a competent appointed
Suspended Platform Supervisor. Suspended platform erectors, operators and inspectors must be
competent.

The Principal Contractor must be in possession of a certificate of design for the use of the
suspended platform system.

l) Cranes

Comply with Construction Regulation, Section 22, Driven Machinery Regulation, Section 18.

Crane operators must be trained and found competent to operate the particular type of lifting
machine and have a valid operators card. The crane operator must be in possession of a valid
medical certificate of fitness, issued by an occupational health practitioner.

The wind factor should always be taken into consideration when operating cranes and a wind
speed device must be fitted so that it provides the operator with an audible warning when the
speed exceeds the safe lifting speed. Upon noticing that the wind speed is equal or more than
the specified speed limit, the operator should stop immediately.

m) Construction Vehicles & Mobile Equipment

Comply with Construction Regulation, Section 23, National Road Traffic Act, 1996

Construction vehicle operators must have received training to operate the class of construction
vehicle or mobile equipment and must be in possession of an operator’s card as proof of
competency. Construction vehicle operators must be authorised in writing and have a medical
certificate of fitness issued by an occupational health practitioner to operate the construction
vehicle and/or mobile equipment.
All construction vehicles operating on a public road, must be roadworthy, licenced and when
operated on a public road, comply with the National Road traffic Act.

n) Electrical Equipment

Comply with Construction Regulations, Section 24.

The Principal Contractor shall take adequate steps to ascertain the presence of and guard against
danger to workers from electrical cables or apparatus which is under, over or on the site.
The exact location of underground electric power cables must be determined before any
excavators are used for excavation purposes.
The location of overhead electrical cables must be assessed when working with cranes and lifting
equipment. Injury may be possible from touching the electrical cables with the crane boom, or
from arching when the crane boom comes too close to the electrical cable.
All temporary electrical installations must be inspected at least once a week by a competent
person and the records of the inspections must be recorded in a register which must be kept on
site.
Electrical machinery and extension cords must be is a serviceable condition and must be
inspected on a daily basis before use on a construction site by the authorised operator and the
inspection checklist must be kept on the construction site.

Comply with Electrical Installation Regulations.

All electrical installations shall be inspected and approved by an accredited electrical inspector
and a valid Certificate of Compliance must be issued for the installation.
All electrical installations carried out on site (permanent and temporary) must be in accordance
and comply with the Electrical Installation Regulations.
All power supplies and generating units must be fitted with a functional earth leakage device.

C3-134
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
o) Temporary Storage of Flammable Liquids

Comply with Construction Regulation, Section 25 and General Safety Regulations, Section 4

The Principal Contractor must ensure storage areas of flammable liquids are well ventilated and
“No Smoking” signs are placed at the entrances and ventilation ducts of the storage areas.
Firefighting equipment must be available in suitable positions around the storage areas.

The Principal Contractor must ensure that good housekeeping is practiced in and around the
flammable storage areas.

p) Water Environments

Comply with Construction Regulation, Section 26.

The Principal Contractor must ensure that a lifejacket forms part of the employees PPE and is
worn when the employee is exposed to the risk of drowning, by falling into water.

The risk assessment must make provision for the rescuing of persons in danger of drowning and
for preventing employees from falling into the water.
When working next to a river, the Principal Contractor shall put a system in place to monitor the
river water level in order to evacuate employee in case of a flood.

When working over water environments, Section 10 of the Construction Regulations – Fall
Protection will also apply.

q) Housekeeping

Comply with Construction Regulation, Section 27, Environmental Regulations for Workplaces,
Section 6(3).

The Principal Contractor shall ensure that suitable and acceptable housekeeping is continuously
implemented and maintained on the construction site. Off-cuts and waste must be removed as
soon as practicable.

r) Stacking & Storage of Material, Plant & Equipment

Comply with Construction Regulations, Section 28 and General Safety Regulations, Section 8.

The Principal Contractor shall appoint a competent person in writing with the duty of supervising
all stacking and storage operations on site.

Stacking shall only take place in areas specifically demarcated for this purpose. Circular items
must be secured with wedges or chocks.

Items removed from a stack shall only take place from the topmost layer of the stack.

Stacks shall not obstruct any fire extinguishing equipment, first aid equipment, electrical
switchgear (DB Boxes) and ventilation or lighting installations.

Unstable stacks must be broken down immediately.

s) Fire Precautions

Comply with Construction Regulation, Section 29.

The Principal Contractor must provide his own firefighting equipment that is within the service
date and safe for use. Firefighting equipment must be on a register and inspected by a competent
person who has been appointed in writing.

C3-135
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Suitable and sufficient fire extinguishing equipment must be placed at strategic locations and a
sufficient number of firefighters must be available, which must be trained in the use of it.

t) Intoxicating Liquor and Drugs

Comply with General Safety Regulations, Section 2A.

The principal Contractor must compile a Substance Abuse Policy, which must be communicated
to all employees. This policy should form part of the induction material for employees as well as
visitors.

The Substance Abuse Policy should set the limit for intoxication to zero in order to complement a
vision of zero tolerance.

Any person found to be intoxicated, or consuming intoxicating liquor or illegal drugs, shall not be
allowed onto the premises and/or must be removed from the premises.

The Principal Contractor has the right to test any person entering the premises for intoxicating
liquor or illegal drugs and may refuse entrance on the basis of the outcome of the test.

The Principal Contractor shall ensure that employees taking prescription medicine informs the
Principal Contractor of such and shall ensure that the side effect of such medicine does not
constitute a hazard to the employee himself or people working with, or in close proximity to the
employee.

u) Confined Space Work & Tunnelling

Comply with Construction Regulation, Section 15 and General Safety Regulations, Section 5.

The Principal Contractor shall ensure that only authorized persons enter confined spaces.

An entrance log must be kept to ensure people are not left inside the confined space. Adequate
air monitoring must be carried out before entering the confined space. When air monitoring
indicated the oxygen to be less than 20% by volume, the confined space must be purged and
ventilated to obtain a safe atmosphere or self-contained breathing apparatus must be used.

v) Site Services

The Principal Contractor shall provide and maintain on the site adequate facilities for employees
to use, which must be serviced and kept sanitary and hygienic at all. The following site services
should be taken not of:

i) Drinking Water

The Principal Contractor must ensure that an adequate supply of potable drinking water is
available for all persons engaged in managing and working on the construction site and, if
necessary, similar facilities elsewhere for such personnel off the site. Employees working
in hot conditions must consume enough water per hour to prevent dehydration.

Where water is unsafe for human consumption, it must be so indicated by means of

adequate signage.

ii) Accommodation

The Principal Contractor shall comply with the requirements of Construction Regulation 30
with regards to employee’s accommodation. Reasonable and suitable living
accommodation must be provided to employees who are far removed from their homes.

iii) Sanitary Facilities

The Principal Contractor shall comply with the requirements of Construction Regulation 30
with regards to employee’s sanitary facilities. Sanitary facilities must be positioned in close

C3-136
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 proximity of the work area. Sanitary facilities must be serviced regularly and kept in a clean
and hygienic condition.

w) Traffic Accommodation

The Principal Contractor must develop a clear Traffic Management Plan, which must be
approved by the Engineer. Traffic must be organized and controlled in accordance to the Traffic
Management Plan and any work area must have adequate signage, signaling or other control
arrangements to guard against the dangers relating to the movement of vehicles. Where
reasonably practicable, solid barriers must be placed between workers and traffic passing by.

When the Principal Contractor is executing night work, permission should be obtained from the
Engineer. The Principal Contractor must put in place visible or reflective signs that can be seen
by motorist at a distance. If a stop and go method is used flag persons must be properly trained
on how to control the traffic.

The contractor shall however remain responsible to identify, assess, implement the controls and
the mitigation of all risk associated with the traffic accommodation plan should he choose to
accept the proposed traffic accommodation plan as his own.

Traffic accommodation must be done strictly in accordance with the South African Road Safety
Manual and Road Traffic Signs Manual Volume 2, Chapter 13

Special attention must be afforded to amongst others, the following:

• Ensure safe access to/egress from the works during hauling activities
• Enforcing traffic control and access restrictions on construction vehicles

x) Blasting

Blasting operations must be adequately managed and comply with all legal requirements to
include amongst, the following:
• Ensure the operations are under the immediate supervision and control of a person in
possession of a valid permit
• Ensure to obtain the necessary possession and transport permits
• Ensure to cooperate with the PC (Principal Contractor)
• Ensure the site safety and security before, during and after blasting
• Ensure to prepare blast plans and keep records
• Ensure to provide PPE
• Ensure to manage misfires

y) Temporary Works

The Contractor shall appoint a competent Temporary works designer as contemplated in CR

12(1) to ensure the following:
• Detailed activity-specific drawings pertaining to the design are available on site
• Ensure to appoint a competent person to supervise temporary works
• Ensure that the temporary structures are done with close reference to the drawings
• Ensure that the temporary work structures are adequately erected, supported, braced and
maintained by a competent person to support anticipated loads.
• Ensure that the foundation conditions are suitable to withstand the structure and the
anticipated loads
• Ensure that the temporary work structures are not overloaded
• Ensure that adequate safe access is provided

C3-137
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 • Ensure all persons required to erect, move and dismantle temporary works structures
receive adequate training and instruction
• Ensure that all equipment is carefully examined by a competent person before use
• Ensure that temporary works structures are inspected by a competent person and the
results recorded in a register:
• Before, during and after the placement of concrete
• Inclement weather or any other imposed load
• At least on a daily basis
• Ensure that temporary works structures that are found to be weakened and its integrity
compromised, it is safely removed or reinforced immediately
• Ensure that no concrete is placed until authorized in writing by the competent person
• Ensure that curing times are adhered to and temporary works structures are only removed
until authorized in writing by the competent person

z) Special Instructions

Construction activities must be adequately segregated from the general public with the
development and implementations of the following:
• Site establishment plan
• Hoarding plan
• Traffic accommodation plan
• Road traffic management plan
• The Principal Contractor shall keep a daily site register so as to be able to identify the entire
Contractors personnel on-site in case of an emergency or evacuation situation. The
attendance register must include permanent as well as temporary workers working on the
site.
• All site visitors and any new contractors shall report to security/reception upon arrival at the
site. The Principal Contractor will only be granted first-time access to work on the site if all
required documentation has been provided and approved.
• All visitors need to sign an attendance register when visiting the site. Visitors include all
persons who are not permanently working on the site, but excludes temporary site workers.
Visitors must undergo site induction training before they are allowed on site to make them
aware of the site dangers
• The transportation of workers in open vehicles is prohibited and the Principal Contractor
must make provision for the cost to transport workers in a safe manner to and from the
site. This applies to contractors and SMME’s.
• An adequate Emergency Preparedness and Response Procedure must be developed
and maintained.
• In mitigation of immediate emergency response and irrespective of minimum legal
requirements, a competent first aider and box must be deployed with each team.
Additionally, adequate emergency routes must be maintained and communicated to all
IAP’s
• Adequate provision must also be made to engage the services of a security services
provider to protect persons and equipment in the eventuality of criminality
• Adequate welfare facilities must be introduced and maintained to include the availability
of potable water.
• An adequate process must be implemented to identify all potentially affected services
with the introduction of controls measures to protect and safely conduct the construction
work.

C3-138
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 • Additionally, a communication plan to include all services owner must be developed and
implemented
• Adequate provision must be made for PPE in mitigation of the exposure to environmental
conditions

aa) Demolition work

Demolition work must be adequately managed and comply with all legal requirements to
include amongst, the following:
• Ensure that a competent person conduct a detailed structural engineering survey and
develop a procedure to be followed in demolishing the structure
• Ensure that a competent person conduct a detailed survey of all services and hazards
that may be present
• Ensure to appoint a competent person in writing to supervise demolition work
• Ensure that a Demolition Plan is developed to include amongst others, the following:
• Identification of services/hazards and the method of making them safe
• Method to protect adjacent structures and services
• Safe access
• Sequence and method of demolition
• Support, shoring and bracing requirements
• The requirement of catch platforms and hoarding to control debris
• The requirement of chutes to move demolished material from heights
• Ensure that the structural integrity is checked at intervals as contemplated in the method
statement by the competent person

bb) Occupational hygiene stressors

Exposure as detailed below will be experienced during the cause of this project:
Type Exposure
Chemical Dust, smoke, fumes, mists,
gasses
Physical Illumination, noise, vibration,
radiation, temperature
Ergonomic Heavy lifting, unnatural posture,
repetitive motion
Psychological Shift work, working away from
home, phobia
Biological Poor hygiene, insect and snake
bites

Occupational Hygiene Stressors must be adequately managed and comply with all legal
requirements.

Control measures must be developed and maintained if elimination is impracticable to

include amongst others, the following:

• Suppression, extraction and venting techniques must be implemented and maintained

where practicable
• Selection and placement through medical and psychological examination
• Adequate provision and maintenance of manual handling devices and aids

C3-139
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 • Adequate provision for the selection and procurement of plant and equipment with
occupational hygiene dampeners
• Adequate management of OEL (Operating Exposure Limit) and duty rosters
• Adequate provision of hygiene facilities
• Adequate provision for awareness communication of wellness and personal hygiene
• Adequate provision of PPE
• Adequate provision for medical surveillance and remedial action
• Ordinary construction work
• Ordinary construction activities and processes must be adequately managed and
comply with all legal requirements.

C3-140
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL ROADS AGENCY SOC LIMITED

CONTRACT SANRAL R335-010-2017/1

FOR THE IMPROVEMENT OF NATIONAL ROUTE R335 FROM MOTHERWELL (KM 5.16) TO
ADDO TOWN (KM 37.16)
PHASE 1: KM 5.16 TO KM 27.5

SECTION F: STREET LIGHTING

C3-141
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
SECTION F: STREET LIGHTING

TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE

F1 SCOPE ............................................................................................................ C3-143

F2 SITE LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION .......................................................... C3-143
F3 SUPPLY AUTHORITY .................................................................................... C3-143
F4 GENERAL PARTICULARS OF ELECTRICITY SUPPLY SYSTEM .............. C3-144
F5 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY ............................................................. C3-144
F6 WORK BY OTHERS ....................................................................................... C3-144
F7 DELIVERY AND STORAGE ........................................................................... C3-144
F8 INSPECTION AND TESTS ............................................................................. C3-144
F9 EARTHING ...................................................................................................... C3-145
F10 MINIATURE SUBSTATION ............................................................................ C3-145
F11 MV SWITCHGEAR.......................................................................................... C3-151
F12 MV CABLING .................................................................................................. C3-152
F13 MV OVERHEAD MATERIAL AND COMPONENTS ...................................... C3-153
F14 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING .................................................................. C3-155
F15 LAYING CABLES IN PREPARED TRENCHES ............................................ C3-155
F16 DUCTS ............................................................................................................ C3-155
F17 RELOCATION OF EXISTING STREET LIGHT POLES ................................ C3-156
F18 LV DISTRIBUTION AND STREET LIGHTING CABLES ............................... C3-156
F19 STREET LIGHTING ........................................................................................ C3-157
F20 GALVANIZED STEEL POLES ....................................................................... C3-158
F21 TESTS, RECORDS AND RECORD DRAWINGS .......................................... C3-161

C3-142
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 F1 SCOPE

The work covered by this contract comprises the supply, delivery, installation, testing,
commissioning, handing over in working order and maintaining for the Defects Liability Period
of the MV, LV and Street lighting reticulation network as fully detailed in the documentation and
on the accompanying drawings.

The work involved and for which the Contractor must allow is briefly as follows:

• All equipment supplied to be Nelson Mandela Bay Municipality and Eskom approved

• Connect to Municipal points of supply (underground and overhead)

• Cabling (MV & LV)

• Miniature Substations

• Pole mounted transformers

• Distribution kiosks

• Street lighting

• Excavation and backfill

• Earthing

• Cable Terminations

• All excavation, reinstatement and removal of excess spoil from site necessary to
complete the above, including provision of imported backfill and the shoring of trench
walls where necessary.

• Provision of the requested information as stated elsewhere herein.

• Testing and commissioning.

• Provision of as-built drawings, operating and maintenance instructions and manuals.

• Guarantee of equipment and installation against all defects for a period of 12 months
after handover.

F2 SITE LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

F2.1 Site location

The site is situated on the R335 road at Motherwell in Nelson Mandela Bay Municipality.

The full extent of the site is indicated on the tender drawings.

F3 SUPPLY AUTHORITY

The Electricity Supply Authority is Nelson Mandela Bay Municipality.

C3-143
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
F4 GENERAL PARTICULARS OF ELECTRICITY SUPPLY SYSTEM

The electricity system is an 11 kV: 400V/230V 3 phase, 50 Hz 4 wire system with neutrals
solidly earthed at the transformers.

The phase rotation is standard anticlockwise and shall be maintained on all cables
transformers, switchgear and distribution equipment.

F5 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY

F5.1 The works

The Contractor shall be responsible for the supply, factory testing, delivery to site, offloading,
storage until required, installation, erection, site testing, commissioning and handing over in
working order the electrical reticulation system detailed by this Specification and the
accompanying drawings. The Contractor shall provide all materials, equipment and services
necessary for the complete, safe and efficient progress and completion of the Contract.

F5.2 Isolation of electrical services

The Contractor shall arrange timeously with the Supply Authority for the isolation and earthing
of the existing electrical services as and when required.

The Contractor shall ensure that the unnecessary interrupting of electrical services is avoided
and shall schedule the work to minimise power outages.

The Contractor shall draw up and submit to the Main Contractor a programme of works. Where
applicable the programme of works shall be drawn up in close collaboration with the Main
Contractor. Liaison with the Main Contractor shall be the responsibility of the Electrical
Contractor.

Should the programme be altered for any reason prior to completion of the Contract then the
Contractor shall submit the revised programme to the Main Contractor.

F6 WORK BY OTHERS

None.

F7 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for the provision, transport, offloading and
storage of materials and shall provide his own handling plant. Under no circumstances shall
he expect or request the Supply Authority or the Employer to provide, take delivery of or to
store materials on his behalf.

F8 INSPECTION AND TESTS

The Engineer reserves the right to inspect any equipment being manufactured in terms of the
Contract, and to require that up to 5% of such equipment be subjected to such tests as may
be defined in writing by the Engineer prior to delivery to site of the said equipment. All such
tests shall be carried out in the presence of the Engineer.

Any waiving of this right does not relieve the Contractor of supplying and installing equipment
in full accordance with the Contract and to the approval of the Engineer. In the event of
inspection and testing being required the detail of this requirement will be conveyed in writing.

C3-144
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
F9 EARTHING

F9.1 General

All accessible conductors, portions of electrical plant or apparatus which do not form part of an
electrical circuit and which become alive accidentally, shall be bonded to earth.

The LV distribution system shall be earthed in accordance with the TN-C-S earthing system.

F10 MINIATURE SUBSTATION

F10.1 General
The miniature substation shall be installed in the position as indicated on the drawings. These
positions are indicated on the tender drawings. This section comprises the supply, delivery
and installation of Type B miniature substations (mini-subs) as subsequently specified in
accordance with NRS 004.

F10.2 Ratings

Transformer power rating 200 kVA

Nominal voltage of system 11 kV
System frequency 50 Hz
Number of phases Three (3)
Rated no-load secondary voltage 415 Vrms
Rated power frequency voltage 12 kVrms
Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage 95 kV peak
Rated short-duration power frequency withstand voltage (50Hz : 1 min) 28 kVrms
Induced voltage withstand level 22 kVrms

F10.3 Construction Design

Layout : Type B

Construction : Modular

Require removable base sections adjacent to MV compartment (sections to lap bolted with
nuts on the inside of the channel and housing).

Require concealed door and roof hinges.

Overall length : 2.8 m

Overall width : 1.124 m

Base width : 0.8 m

Provision shall be made for lifting of complete miniature substation on a concrete plinth
without need for dismantling.

Provision shall be made for lifting lugs on roof for ease of removal.

C3-145
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 In terms of NRS 004 the MV switchgear, LV panel and transformer shall be confined to
separate compartments.

All miniature substation housing sections/doors to be electrically bonded.

F10.4 Transformer Unit

Electrical requirements As per SABS 780

Vector group Dyn 11
Oil indication is required
LV transformer neutral earthing Solid earthing
MV system fault level 25 kA
Temperature rise limits As per SANS 780 : Table 6
Secondary voltage regulation (%) ± 6.0, + 3.0, 0, - 3.0, - 6.0
The transformer unit to be sealed (Welded cover)
The transformer MV bushings internal screen to be
earthed and to comply with BS7215, Type C with
M16X2 thread
Clearances:
MV bushing-centre clearances 105mm (minimum)
Outer bushing-centres and minisub metal enclosure 90mm (minimum)
The winding material (MV and LV) to be Copper

F10.5 MV Compartment

The MV compartment shall be equipped with a SF6 ABB Safering type CCV 3-way non
extensible ring main unit complete or equivalent with cable end-boxes suitable for terminating
the 11 kV cable specified elsewhere herein.

The MV compartment shall have a front door only.

Incoming MV cable requirements:

a) Two x 3-core cables

b) Cable material : Copper
c) Maximum size of core cross section : 185 mm²
d) Type of cable : PILEGDSTA
e) Cable support (clamping) is required
f) Cable identification tags

Allow for Type A earth fault indicator (SCSSCABA9)

F10.6 LV Compartment

A main 300A LV isolating switch shall be provided in the LV compartment to isolate the LV
busbar from the transformer.

The switch disconnector shall comply with the requirements of IEC 60947-3.

Busbar rating to be 400A.

C3-146
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 In terms of NRS 004 the current density of the busbars shall be 1.8 A/mm² maximum.

The rated withstand current shall be 25 kA for 1 second.

The minimum clearance to earth and between phases shall be 20 mm.

An LV neutral surge arrester as per D-DT-3088 shall be fitted between the mini substation
earth bar and LV neutral earth busbar.

The LV neutral earth busbar shall be earthed (via an electrical bridge to the minisub earth
bar).

Provision shall be made for six(6) number of outgoing LV feeder bays (drill busbar Ø 14 mm
holes, 110 mm spacing between holes).

The LV panel shall be designed for LV large frame circuit breakers..

Spacing (vertical):

a. Between phase busbars : 185 mm

b. Between lowest LV busbar and LV neutral : 300 mm
c. Between LV neutral and gland plates : 200 mm
d. LV maximum demand Ammeters are required on all three phases.

A Thermal integrating over 15-min-period Ammeter shall be provided.

An LV indicating voltmeter (with a selector switch) shall be provided.

The Ammeter and voltmeter shall be positioned on the top right hand side in LV
compartment and have the following size and display : 96 x 96 mm, 90°.

A non-flammable removable barrier shall be provided to separate the LV end compartment

and front LV compartment.

F10.7 LV Outgoing Feeder Bay Gland Plates

The following shall be provided:

a) One gland plate per LV feeder bay

b) Two gland holes per LV feeder bays
c) The hole sizes: 1 x M63
1 x M32
d) The distance between gland plate centre lines to be 110 mm

F10.8 LV Auxiliaries

The following shall be provided for:

Main circuit : 3 Pole 300 Amp moulded case circuit breaker with thermal
breaker overloading and magnetic instant fault protection. The fault current
capacity shall be 25 kA.

Street lighting : 1 x 25 kA, tripple pole moulded case circuit breaker with thermal
over current and instant magnetic fault protection.

One three phase, electronic kWh energy meter suitable for 400
Volt and 0 - 80 Amp. Or three single phase units.

C3-147
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 One control contactor with coil, suitable for 242 Volt continuous
operations and with 3 contacts suitable for the switching of 80 Amp
per phase.

One HRC fuse holder, complete with base and 80 Amp HRC fuses
(80 ka) for 242 Volts.

One photocell with a single pole by-pass switch.

Feeder circuit : 3 x 60 Amp, 5 kA, single pole circuit breaker with thermal over
breakers current and instant magnetic fault protection.

Low tension : Extra positions for nine non-adjustable moulded case distribution
distribution circuit breakers (mixed load) feeder circuit breakers. Minimum
25kA.

Measuring : 1 x A1700 ELSTER meter with 3 x 1000/5 current transformers on

load side of main circuit breaker for total consumption purposes
meters to be protected by a 1 x 5 Amp 5 kA C2 T/P circuit breaker
(4 mm² wiring)

Light 1 x 15W energy efficient lamp (bulk head) with switch protected by
a 1 Amp fuse (2,5 mm² wiring)

Earth fault 1 x earth fault indicator with supply point protected by a 2 Amp fuse
indicator (1,5 mm² wiring) Earth fault indicator unit to be installed in the HV
compartment

Plug 1 x 3 point (15 Amp) plug point, protected by a 20 Amp fuse (2.5
mm² wiring) with double pole C/B / E/L unit.

F10.9 Materials and Corrosion Protection

The miniature substations shall be manufactured from plate metal. All sides shall be welded
so as to prevent entry by rodents.

The finishing shall be as follows:

(a) Subsequent to manufacture, the entire box, the base, roof, as well as the radiator, shall
undergo a hot dipped galvanising process according to BSS 729 of 1961.
(b) Subsequent to galvanising, an approved etch primer shall be applied and thereafter a
layer of red oxide/zinc chromate priming coat before submerging it in one layer alkaline
based synthetic enamel outdoor paint.
(c) 3CR12 steel will also be acceptable, on condition that it is handled and treated correctly.
(d) The final finish shall be of high quality enamel paint to resemble the colour “LIGHT
PASTEL GREY” according to SANS 1091-1975 Code G69.
(e) All doors will be equipped with a New Risi locking mechanism and the necessary danger
signs. Doors will also have a device to support door when opened.
(f) A pre-drilled cable gland mounting plate with the following holes must be provided: 6 x
75mm, 6 x 63mm, 6 x 50mm, 6 x 32mm and 6 x 25mm or rail for K-clamps or lead-in
tubes.

F10.10 Concrete Plinth

The mini-substation plinth shall be cast in accordance with Eskom Drawing D-DT-0859, Sheet
7 of 7 or equivalent approved. The design shall be that of the tenderer and approved by the
Engineer.

C3-148
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 A 20mm thick wax-impregnated polyurethane foam strip (“Sondorband” or similar approved)
shall be placed between the minisub base frame and the plinth. The inside of the plinth shall
be filled with sifted sand to a level of 30mm below the top surface of the plinth. The remaining
30mm to the top of the plinth shall be filled with a 6:1 sand/cement screed that is neatly levelled
and compacted.

F10.11 Notices, Signs and Labels

Transformer rating plate information

In addition to the relevant requirements of SANS 780, the following information shall be clearly
shown on the transformer rating plate:

(a) The manufacturer’s name and year of manufacture.

(b) The serial number
(c) Order number.
(d) The statement: “Corrosion protected in accordance with relevant specification”.
(e) The total mass of the mini-sub.
(f) The rating plate shall be permanently affixed in a prominent position at the LV
transformer terminals so that it is clearly visible when the door to the LV compartment
is open.

Signs

A sign depicting “Treatment and Full First Aid Instructions” shall be permanently attached to
the inside of the MV and LV compartment doors.

External aluminium or ‘Chromadek’ electrical symbolic MV warning signs (warning-flash, see

D-DT-3202, sheet 6 of 7) and LV warning signs (warning-flash, see D-DT-3202 sheet 4 of 7)
shall be permanently attached to all the doors. If pop-rivets are used to attach the signs to the
mini-sub doors, only aircraft or blind pop-rivets will be acceptable. Normal pop-rivets are not
acceptable.

The barrier used to barricade the air insulated cable junction box of the 11 kV Type A mini-
sub shall have a sticker applied to it depicting an electrical symbolic warning sign (warning
against “Unauthorized entry”).

The barrier used to barricade the LV bushings of the transformer shall have a sticker applied
to it depicting an electrical symbolic warning sign (warning against “Unauthorized entry”).

Labels

Labels with black engraved “Trafalite” with white letters shall be provided and mounted with a
suitable slide-in frame.

ITEM APPARATUS HEADING LETTER TYPE

(i) 900 Amp Circuit breaker MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER 12mm

(ii) 1 X ELSTER Meter BULK METER 12mm

(iii) 1 x 80 Amp triple pole circuit MAIN SUPPLY STREET

breakers LIGHTING 12mm

Electronic kWh meter STREETLIGHT METER 6mm

2 Amp HRC fuses CONTROL SUPPLY 6mm

C3-149
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Test switch TEST 6mm

3 x 60 Amp single pole

circuit breakers STREETLIGHTS 1, 2 AND 3 6mm
(iv) Light LIGHT 6mm
(v) Earth Fault indicator EARTH FAULT INDICATOR 6mm
(vi) Plug PLUG 6mm

Labels shall be painted in the middle of the transformer section of the miniature substation
against the vertical side, as well as on the inside of the LV door of the miniature substation.
Labels must be mounted not more than 100mm from the roof of the miniature substation under
the overhang.

All LV auxilliary and additional equipment provided in the LV compartment shall be labelled
and securely fixed by means of pop-rivets.

A label shall be provided in the LV compartment adjacent to the control relay of the
temperature sensing element that indicates the relay setting temperature (ie “Temp. setting =
90oC”).

Phase labels shall be provided below all the bushings (primary and secondary) of the
transformer.

The LV busbars shall be colour-coded in the preferred colours of red, white, blue and black by
a clearly visible painted-on spot at least 20 mm diameter.

The primary voltage, secondary voltage and ‘kVA’ rating shall be neatly and uniformly
stencilled on the front, centre (100 mm below the roof) of the miniature substation housing,
e.g. “11 kV / 415V 100 kVA”. The markings shall be white and in characters larger than 50 mm
high.

The labels “MV” and “LV” shall be neatly and uniformly stencilled onto the inside of the mini-
sub MV and LV doors, respectively. Only the doors that open first shall be labelled. The
markings shall be white and in characters larger than 50mm high.

Main circuit designation labels that can be removed for engraving purposes shall be provided
for each of the incoming cables in the MV compartment. The labels shall be at least 150 mm
wide, 35 mm high and shall be blank sandwich-board or equivalent (orange-black-orange).
For Type A mini-subs, the labels shall be located in fixed positions adjacent to the cable
support clamps provided. A label need not be provided for the tee-off to the transformer.
A label shall be provided in the LV compartment adjacent to the top-oil temperature sensing
element pocket that states “CHECK THERMOMETER POCKET FILLED WITH OIL BEFORE
COMMISSIONING”.

ID markings linking roof to body per batch.

F10.12 Earthing

Minisub earthing to be to ESKOM - MV distribution standard and the Nelson Mandela Bay
Municipality standard.

Earth terminals, (M12 x 50 mm minimum) shall be welded to the transformer tank and shall be
accessible from the MV and LV compartments.

The ring main unit and miniature substation base shall be securely bonded to these earth
terminals in the MV compartment.

Copper bonding conductors shall have a minimum cross sectional area of 70 mm².

C3-150
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Two stainless steel nuts and washers shall be provided on each earth terminal.

Each compartment shall be provided with an earthing terminal that complies with the relevant
requirements of SANS 1029.

All earthing conductors shall be painted to assist with the prevention of vandalism.

F10.13 Documentation
The following shall be provided:

One set of Type Test Certificate (provide reference numbers of reports).

One set of Routine Test Certificate

Two sets of drawings

Two sets of Circuit Diagrams (HV Auxiliary wiring and equipment)

F11 MV SWITCHGEAR

The Switchgear shall be Nelson Mandela Bay Municipality approved.

F11.1 Type:

ABB, Safe Ring compact switchgear (RMCCV12ESK-AC) or equivalent approved complete

with ARC barrier. It shall consist of:
• 1 x circuit breakers
• 2 x isolators

F11.2 Location:

Outdoor : Shall be installed into a painted 3CR12 enclosure suitable for outdoor activities.

Continuous current rating : 630 A

F11.3Fault Level:

Must be adequate for fault level of 350 MVA at 11.5 kV/400V and rated for 630 A and T-off
400 A.

T-off switch circuit breaker rating : 400 A at 11 kV

F11.4Cable Terminations:

Indoor heatshrink terminations

Cable boxes:

Air insulated steel cable box without glands

F11.5 Enclosure:

The enclosure for the whole ring main unit to be 2 mm thick 3CR12 hot-dip galvanised after
manufacture. The enclosure shall be complete with all statutory signage requirements. The
enclosure shall further be complete with arc duct, and blow-out plate, specified by Eskom. The
enclosure shall be earthed and bonded. The contractor shall submit details of the proposed
enclosure for approval prior to manufacture. All MV switchgear shall comply with Eskom
specification 34-210.

F11.6 Colour:

C3-151
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 The final colour of the enclosure shall be in accordance with the Eskom specification DSP-34-
1621. The paint system used shall have a life expectancy of 15 to 20 years for a coastal
environment. Details of the proposed paint system shall be forwarded to the Engineer for
approval prior to manufacture.

F11.7 Labeling:

A unique label shall be assigned to the RMU and shall have white lettering on a red
background. The background circle shall have a diameter of +/- 300mm.

The white colour shall be Cloud White G80 and the red colour shall be Signal Red A11 as in
National Colour Standard for paint SABS 1091/1975.

All characters shall be in white and shall be +/- 50mm high. Lettering shall be uppercase.

Labels shall be painted on the road access side of the equipment.

F11.8 Alternative RMU:

The contractor shall include a cost (Rate Only) for the provision of an oil filled TIGER or GEC
ring main unit as follows:

The switchgear shall consist of an Oil filled TIGER or GEC ring main unit with fuses to protect
the transformer, as per NRS 006. The ring main unit’s capacity shall be 350 MVA, 400 Amp,
at defect/loading-tripping-conditions and the fuse switch’s capacity shall be 350 MVA at 11kV
with a constant loading capability of 85 Amperage.

The operation of the three panels shall be identical, except that the fuse panel shall be
provided with emergency trip facilities. The connection between the transformer and the fused-
switch must be at least 35mm² copper cable.

Two cable termination boxes with isolators for dry terminations in air, according to NRS 008
and cable clamps for 95mm² 3-core paper isolated ring cable shall be provided. Cover plate
on termination box must be slide over and secured by one 10 mm bolt and nut at base.

F12 MV CABLING
The Contractor shall supply and install cabling in accordance with the requirements depicted
on the drawings and as specified elsewhere herein.

The MV cable shall be plain soft copper, three core, screened, PILC, 6.35/11 kV, PVC
sheathed cable to Table 19 of SANS 97 : 1991.

The sizes required for the project is: 25mm² and 95mm².

Details of the type of joints and terminations proposed by the contractor shall be submitted to
the Engineer for approval before work commences and shall conform to the Buffalo City
Municipality specification. All cable through joints and terminations shall be made in
accordance with the cable manufacturer’s recommendations and shall be carried out by a
qualified cable jointer.

Joints shall only be made at full drum length intervals and shall be compound filled or heat
shrink type joints: Medium Voltage accessories for power cables with rated voltages from 11
kV to 33 kV.

Cable joint ID tags shall be provided with all joints, including the following:

• Manufacturer’s name
• Manufacturer’s part number
• Jointer’s name

C3-152
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 • Date of installation

Cable terminations shall be terminations supplied by approved supplier such as Raychem or

Tank. “RICS” boots 3133 series to be used for unscreened separable connectors (USC).

Cable terminations labels, manufactured from an A1 plate or Plastic/Engraved Celeron,

complete with 7mm black letters on an orange background shall be used, containing the
following:

• Cable destination
• Cable voltage
• Cable size
• Conductor material
• Cable type (PILC, XLPE)

Termination ID tags shall be provided, excluding the following:

• Manufacturer’s name
• Manufacturer’s part number
• Jointer’s name
• Date of installation
(The ID tag shall be attached to the termination crutch).

The Contractor shall supply test certificates for the insulation of the installed cable, ie HV
pressure test of all 11 kV cables

F13 MV OVERHEAD MATERIAL AND COMPONENTS

F13.1 A-Frame/Steel Cross-Arm

Standard Hare conductor design, steel A-frame can be used. (The new material shall match
existing equipment)

F13.2Surge Arresters

Description

Distribution class gapless metal oxide surge arrester for application on non-effectively earthed
11kV systems in corrosive environments.

• Polymer housed.S/Am Dist

• kV MCOV 11 kV
• Minimum MCOV: 19.5 kV
• Maximum residual voltage : 50 kV
• Discharge current: 10 kA IEC line discharge : Class 1
• Creepage: 20 mm/kV
• BIL 150 kV

F13.3Earthing

• Earthing to be done in accordance to Eskom drawing D-DT-0624

• MV earth electrode (Three point star)
• LV earth electrode (Three point star)

C3-153
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 • Neutral surge arrester: Distribution class gapless surge arrester.
• Class 1, discharge current: 10 kA
• MCOV 5kV, min. Residual voltage 19.5 kV
• Surge arrester to Eskom drawing no. D-DT-3088
• Refer to schedule of drawings attached.

F13.4Fuse Cut/Out

• Description: Fuse cut/out base 11 kV

• Distribution cut-out (Link) base: For inland, light polluted environments. Pole mounted;
nominal voltage 22 kV, rated current: 15 A
Rated current: Type K as per SANS (IEC) 60282-2
Creepage distance (min.): 20 mm/kV for porcelain
• Base comprises: Insulator, 1 x set of upper and lower contacts to Eskom drawing D-DT-
3086
• Fuse holder: 11V; 100A fuse cut/out D3086 to Eskom drawing D-DT-3086.
• Bracket, L fuse cut/out 11kV standard cross-arm, to suspend distribution cut-out assembly
from steel cross-arm. Steel hot-dip galvanised, to Eskom drawing D-DT-3086

F13.5Insulators

Strain Structures
- Strain insulators 33kV 40kN silicone rubber tongue and clevis.
- Creepage : 31mm/KV.

Insulator/Conductor Assembly
-Pistol grip for 33kV long rod insulator.
-Preformed dead end to be used where conductor is terminated into clamp.

F13.6Labelling

Exterior label inner diameter to be 300mm minimum, with white 50mm high lettering with red
background.

F13.7Poles

All wooden poles shall be 7 or 11 m in length with a 180 m to 200 m top diameter, to Eskom
specification SCSSCAA07. Poles shall be “Eucalyptus” with low spirality (< 120 degrees) and
“Kilen” dry with a moisture content of 250g/kg.

F13.8Conductor

G13.8.1Type

ACSR “HARE” (6/1/4, 72) shall be used throughout.

F13.8.2Sag and Tension

The wire shall be tensioned to the “stringing tension” of the manufacturer’s tables and not the “final
tension” table as provided. All stringing valves shall be logged during construction.

F13.8.3Joints and Connections

Both non-tension and full tension conductor joints shall be accepted, with the following constraints
applicable:

• Only one joint per any one span

• In accessible crossings shall contain no mid span joints
• Joints shall be made in the “mid third” position of the span, not more than 20 m from any
structure
• Non tension joints shall be a “4 point shallow indentation” compression crimping system

C3-154
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 • Mid-span full tension joints shall be approved by the Engineer, and shall as a minimum
requirement be a two part tubular system, with a compression indent crimp.

F13.9MV Fusing

All fusing points to be fused as follows:

• 200 kVA: 7.5 Amp Type K

F14 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING

All power cable trench detail shall conform to the details pertained in the tender drawings.

The Electrical Contractor's rates for excavation shall include for the following:

• Any shoring which may be required to prevent the collapse of trench walls before cable and
conductor laying and danger tape laying are completed.
• Any pumping which may be required to remove water from the trenches before cable and
conductor laying and marker tape laying are complete.
• Extra over cost for excavations in intermediate soil, that is deemed to be non-pickable. The
Engineer in conjunction with the successful contractor shall agree the soil classification.

Topsoil shall be saved on excavation and replaced as topsoil after backfilling.

The Electrical Contractor shall exercise care so as not to damage existing underground
services. The Contractor will be required to liaise with the supply Authority and other relevant
role players to obtain positions of existing underground services. Any damage caused to
existing underground services by the Contractor shall be repaired by the Contractor at his own
cost.

F15 LAYING CABLES IN PREPARED TRENCHES

Before the cables are laid, the bottom of the trench shall be covered with a 75 mm layer of earth
which shall have been passed through a sieve with a maximum mesh of 12 mm. The Electrical
Contractor shall lay the cables on the prepared bed carefully to avoid cuts and damage. Cable
rollers shall be used.

The trench shall be back-filled with clean builder’s sand to provide 150 mm of cover as soon as
possible after the cable has been laid. To prevent theft and possible damage, long lengths of
cable shall not be left exposed in an open trench overnight. The trench shall be back-filled and
compacted in layers to achieve the required compaction.

Water shall not be allowed to accumulate at any part of any works. The Electrical Contractor will
therefore ensure that no cable laying is carried out until the trenches are free from water.

The minimum cover over the cables shall be 600 mm for LV and 1 000 mm for MV cables. All
side channels, sumps or temporary excavations for dewatering purposes shall be filled in after
use.

F16 DUCTS
• 110 mm inner diameter to SABS 1601 : Class 400 CORFLO
• 160 mm inner diameter to SABS 1601 : Class 400 CORFLO
• 100 mm sand bedding around pipes
• Depth for LV cables – 800 mm to top of pipe

C3-155
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Only one MV and two LV cables are allowed per single duct and a maximum of four streetlighting
cables are allowed in a single duct. A spare duct should be laid at each crossing position of MV-
& LV feeder cables

Ends must be sealed with polyurethane plugs or double layer of warning tape bound with wire
at each end to prevent backfill entering the pipe prior to and after installation. Also a galvanised
draw-wire of 2.5mm in diameter should be left in the spare ducts. Provision of spare ducts at
crossing positions of only service and/or street-lighting cables cross is unnecessary.

The spacing of parallel pipes shall be at least that of the spacing of the cables in the ground
(300mm).

Cable sleeves shall be installed at a depth of 750 mm for 110 mm Ø and 1 000 mm for 160 mm
Ø sleeves with 100 mm sand bedding around ducts. All sleeves shall extend 1 m beyond the
road kerb.

The pipes must be plugged Pre-cleaning of pipes, use of bellmouths, rubber grommets,
lubricants and well positioned rollers may be required to prevent the cable from being damaged
during installation.

F17 RELOCATION OF EXISTING STREET LIGHT POLES

Where the tender drawings show luminaires to be “relocated”, tenders shall allow for at least the
following:

• Excavation around the existing pole to loosen it.

• Mechanical means to secure the pole.
• Disconnection of the electrical supply.
• Excavation of new hole for the pole.
• Mechanical means to remove- and re-plant existing poles (13.5 m long pole).
• Reconnection/termination of the supply cable.
• Compaction of soil around the pole, to fully secure it after planting.
• Re-instatement of the existing pole hole, to match or better its surrounding area.

F18 LV DISTRIBUTION AND STREET LIGHTING CABLES

F18.1Feeder Cables

Cables PVC/SWA/PVC/PVC Cu 4-Core to SABS 1507/1990.

LV cables shall be terminated by means of tinned crimped lugs. The shank of the cable lugs
shall be sealed and insulated by means of colour coded SPO tubing.

Joints shall only be made at full drum length intervals.

Orange PVC warning sheet shall be laid along the entire LV cable routes at 300 mm above the
cable or duct as may be the case.

The Contractor shall provide test certificates for the insulation of the installed cables ie “Megger”
test for all LV cables.

F18.2Street Light Cabling

The Contractor shall install LV cabling in accordance with the requirements depicted on the
drawings and as specified elsewhere herein.

C3-156
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Street lighting cables shall be 25mm2 4-core PVC/PVC/SWA/PVC Al to SABS 1507/1990 or sized
as shown on the drawings.
LV cables shall be laid in trenches and ducts, as indicated on the drawings.
Where bolted connections are used, lighting cables shall be terminated by means of tinned
crimped lugs. The shank of the cable lugs shall be sealed and insulated by means of colour coded
SPO tubing.
No joints shall be allowed on street light cabling.
Orange PVC warning sheet shall be laid along the entire LV cables routes. These sheets shall be
installed at minimum 300 mm above the cable.
The Contractor shall supply test certificates for the insulation of the installed cables i.e. “Megger”
test for all LV cables.

F19 STREET LIGHTING

F19.1 Scope of Specification
This specification covers the detail requirements for the manufacture, supply and delivery of
lighting luminaires for this project.

F19.2 Street Lighting infrastructure will be installed as per Buffalo City Municipality specification and will
be maintained by Nelson Mandela Bay Municipality or Sanral as agreed.

F19.3 Streetlighting Supply and Control

The streetlighting circuits will be supplied from and controlled at steet lighting control kiosks.
These kiosks will be positioned at each minisub. The electrical supplies to the kiosks will be
supplied from an 80A triple pole breaker, installed in the minisub connected to the minisub’s LV
busbar.

F19.3 Luminaires and Internal Wiring

Refer to table capture on next page

F19.4 General
• The luminaire shall be Class I of IEC 60598-1 and be totally enclosed type. Luminaires
shall be supplied completely assembled with housing, driver, LED module and protector
lens.
• The luminaire output shall be provided as nominal flux at Tq of 35°C.

C3-157
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 • The colour temperature of the luminaire shall be neutral white, 4000K and a colour
rendering index of 70 (minimum).
• The luminaire shall deliver 80% of initial lumens, when installed for a minimum of 60 000
hours. This shall be supported with appropriate depreciation graphs.
• The LED module or array shall be designed in such a manner that the failure of a single
LED shall not cause additional LED’s to switch off. Proof of this requirement shall be
provided if required.

F19.5 Degree of Protection

The degree of protection shall comply with SANS 60529. The categories shall be:

Luminaire (Led- and driver compartment):IP 66

The IP rating shall be certified by a SABS test report in accordance with

SANS 60598-2-3.

F19.6 Mounting
Spigot entries shall be designed to easily fit over the bracket pipe and shall be parallel to the
fitting axis and shall comply with Table 1 of SANS1088:1990.

F19.7 Optics
The luminaires shall be able to be equipped with a variety of lenses, providing the desired light
distribution.
Luminaires to be provided shall match or better the existing luminaires and shall be Beka
LEDlume or equivalent.

F19.8 Power supply and driver

LED module and driver shall be fully housed within the sealed body of the luminaire.

F19.9 Wiring
The luminaire shall be earthed in accordance with Clause 13 of the Electrical Machinery
Regulations of the OHSACT (Act 85 of 1993).
The internal wiring of the luminaires shall be flexible and suitably insulated to withstand the
voltage and temperature encountered in service.

F20 GALVANIZED STEEL POLES

All steel poles shall be designed to withstand static and dynamic loads on the poles, fittings
and cross arms with a minimum factor of safety of 2.5 and a wind speed of 120 km/h with
gusts. (wind pressure ± 1.2 kPA).

All materials used shall be new material and shall be free from cracks, laminations and other
defects.

The poles will be used for carrying street lighting luminaires each having a mass of 15 kg and
a maximum projected area 0.2 m2 on the respective double or single outreach arms.

The steel used in the manufacture of the poles shall have an ultimate tensile strength of not
less than 370 MPa and an elongation of not less than 15% on a 50 mm test piece.

The table below indicates minimum criteria to be considered in the design of the poles when
assembled, with single or double outreach arms and luminaires mounted respectively:

C3-158
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Particulars
Description
11.5 m
1. Straightness 10 mm/6 mm
2. Maximum permissible deflection under design
loads
2.1 Horizontal mm 400
2.2 Vertical mm 150

The poles shall have a safety factor of 2.5 times the ultimate tensile strength of the steel from
which they are made.

The minimum thickness of steel used shall be as stated on the design calculation drawing to
be submitted before construction commences. Any deviation from the minimum requirement
as indicated on the accompanying detailed drawings will be for the account of the contractor.

Cross-section dimensions shall comply strictly with the drawings. Poles of reduced cross-
section at the access opening will not be considered.

The poles shall be hot dipped galvanized and not be painted.

To allow interchangeability between pole stems and outreach arms, the outreach arms shall
be manufactured exactly to the dimensions specified on the respective drawings. Any part
that does not comply shall not be accepted.

An entry hole shall be provided for 3 off 16 mm² x 4 core conductor PVC insulated SWA cables
to fit through.

A 10A, 2.5 kA special street lighting miniature circuit breaker shall be mounted on the
hardwood backboard behind the access opening.

Wiring from the circuit breaker to the luminaire shall be affected using 2 x 4 mm2 PVC insulated
copper conductors and from the earth stud using 1 off 4 mm2 PVC insulated copper earth
conductor.

All luminaires, steelwork and poles shall be properly earthed.

The poles shall be installed by direct burial into the ground. The tenders shall allow for all
types of soil conditions to be encountered.

F20.1 Reference Specifications

The street lighting poles shall be in accordance with the requirements of the following standard
specifications:

SABS 657 and 62-Tubular steel

SABS 064-Preparation of steel surfaces for coating
SABS 763-Hot-dip galvanizing
SABS 1088-Luminaire entries and spigots
BS 5649-Street lighting poles
(BS 5135) SABS 044-Welding
SABS 0160-Loading
SABS 0214-Design, fabrication and inspection articles for hot-dip galvanizing
SABS 0225-1991-Design, loadings and deflections of lighting masts

C3-159
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
F20.2 Standard Components
The streetlight installation shall consist of a combination of the poles and outreach arms as
shown in the illustrations that forms part of this document.

F20.3 Access Openings, Covers, etc

Each pole shall have an access opening as detailed on the respective drawing.

The pole shall be installed as per the detail drawings.

A shaped galvanized steel cover secured to the pole by means of two electroplated or suitably
protected 6 mm diameter Allen type countersunk screws shall be provided to close the access
opening. A 3 mm thick synthetic rubber gasket shall be fixed to the cover. Details are shown
on the drawings.

A hardwood backboard shall be fixed inside each pole opposite the opening. One of the bolts
used to fix the backboard to the pole shall be extended to act as an earthing stud and to be
provided with a washer and two nuts as shown on the drawings.

F20.4 Baseplates
Where justified, no baseplates are required. The use of baseplates is to be cleared with the
Engineer during tender stage.

F20.5 Galvanizing
All material covered in this section shall be hot-dip galvanized in accordance with the latest
edition of SABS 763. Before galvanizing, all fabrication is to be complete, which will include
completion of cutting, drilling, bending, punching, forming and welding and the cleaning of
welding slag and burs.

In the event that the proposed components cannot comply with all provisions of specification
SABS 763, detail of departures are to be provided and approved by the Manager: Public
Lighting.

The quality of the galvanizing shall be tested in accordance with SABS 763.

The poles shall be checked for the formation of white rust before installation and shall be
rejected should white rust have occurred in the period before delivery to site.

F20.6 Inspection and tests

During manufacture and prior to dispatch, all poles will be inspected at the manufacturer’s
works. Up to 5% of such poles are subject to tests, which shall include the following, where
applicable:

(a) Bending test

Poles shall be subjected to a bending test to be conducted in accordance with Clause 5 of
BS 5649: Part 8, and shall be agreed upon by the supplier and the Engineer.
For convenience in testing, the pole may be fixed horizontally with the test load applied
vertically.
(b) Straightness
The poles must be straight and true to within 10 mm in 6 m lengths.
(c) Rejection
In the event of any pole failing any of the above-mentioned tests, a further 5% of the poles
shall be subjected to tests. Should any further failure occur, the whole lot from which the
poles have been selected may be rejected.

C3-160
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 F20.7 General
• The masts shall be suitable for use at a mean altitude of 0 – 1800 m above sea level in an
environment subject to sea air and heavy industrial pollution at ambient temperatures of -
15°C to 65°C.
• The masts shall be designed, approved and certified by an individual who is professionally
registered with the South African Engineering Council as a structural engineer in
accordance with SABS 0225 and manufactured for new materials.
• The design of each mast shall be accompanied by comprehensive strength calculations
certified by a qualified professional structural engineer.

F21 TESTS, RECORDS AND RECORD DRAWINGS

F21.1 Definitions
Commissioning procedures:
The documented method whereby the contractor shall ensure that the installation is constructed
in accordance with the requirements of the applicable manufacturers' specifications, the
engineer's specification and design, regulations and codes of practice.

Performance tests:
The physical testing in the manufacturing works or on site of the equipment or systems as
needed to demonstrate the ability to reach the performance levels specified or required.

Acceptance tests:
The physical testing and inspection on site of the system or sub-system to show that it is
supplied, installed and operates generally in accordance with the specifications, design and
regulations.

F21.2 Commissioning
The Contractor shall supply, as part of the contract documentation and for approval before
implementation, the commissioning procedures to be used on the project.

The commissioning procedure will cover in detail all the major items of equipment and sub-
systems of the works.

The procedures must allow for the recording in writing and the signing off by a qualified person
in terms of applicable regulations for any inspections or tests made in accordance with the
procedures. The records and signed documents will form part of the as-built records.

F21.3 Performance Tests

Where required in terms of the commissioning procedure, specification or an instruction, a
supplier or Contractor shall carry out on site or at the manufacturer's premises, performance
tests on selected equipment or portions of the works. Type test certificates in accordance with
appropriate standard specifications will be accepted as performance tests unless otherwise
specified.

On-site performance tests will always be carried out on the following:

• Voltage withstand tests of all cabling, wiring and distribution boards.

• The mechanical operation and tripping and control of all LV circuit breakers and all MV
switchgear and control gear.
• Earth continuity and resistance.
• Polarity and phase rotation of three phase circuits.
• Rigidity of all fastenings.
• The results of all tests shall be recorded in writing by the Contractor.
▪ Only a representative sample of performance tests on site will be witnessed.

C3-161
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
F21.4 Acceptance Tests
Acceptance tests will be carried out in terms of the commissioning procedure and in particular
the following:

• All switching procedures.

• Repetition of selected performance tests on a random basis.
• Operation of the most important control, protection and emergency systems.

On completion of acceptance tests, a test certificate shall be signed by the Contractor and taking-
over authority to the effect that the tests specified on the certificate have been completed
successfully.

F21.5 Responsibility of Contractor

The Contractor shall provide not less than seven days’ notice in writing of all performance and
acceptance tests so that they may be witnessed if considered necessary.

Notwithstanding the attendance at or failure to attend performance or acceptance tests by any

witness, the Contractor is responsible for the correctness of the installation in terms of the
manufacturers' requirements, the design and specification and applicable regulations and for the
preparation of a written record of the tests and test results.

F21.6 Record Drawings

The Contractor shall supply, after approval of the works, three bound sets of operating
instructions, parts lists and maintenance manuals covering all items of equipment forming part
of the contract.

The Contractor shall supply two bound copies of the records of all inspections and tests carried
out in accordance with the commissioning procedures, performance tests and acceptance tests,
not later than two weeks after completion of the acceptance tests.

The Contractor shall supply marked up original size, transparency drawings of the as-built
installation. The original drawings may be used as the basis for the as-built record provided that
the marking up is neat and clearly understandable.

C3-162
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
__________________________________________________________________________________

PART C4: PROJECT INFORMATION

__________________________________________________________________________________

C4-1
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
PART C4: PROJECT INFORMATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE

C4.1 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS ...................................................................................... C4-3

C4.2 DRAWINGS ...................................................................................................................... C4-11
C4.3 CAMP ESTABLISHMENT, POWER SUPPLY AND OTHER SERVICES ........................ C4-11
C4.4 CONSTRUCTION IN CONFINED AREAS ....................................................................... C4-12
C4.5 MANAGEMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT ...................................................................... C4-12
C4.6 TRAFFIC ........................................................................................................................... C4-12
C4.7 SMALL CONTRACTOR DEVELOPMENT, TRAINING AND COMMUNITY LIAISON ..... C4-13
C4.8 CLIMATE .......................................................................................................................... C4-13
C4.9 REQUIREMENTS OF THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT AND
REGULATIONS 2014....................................................................................................................... C4-14
C4.10 SAFETY PROCEDURES ................................................................................................. C4-14
C4.11 OTHER INFORMATION ................................................................................................... C4-14
C4.12 AGREEMENT TO OCCUPY SANRAL’S PROPERTY ..................................................... C4-14
C4.13 APPENDICES ................................................................................................................... C4-14
APPENDIX 1: LOCALITY PLAN .................................................................................................... C4-15
APPENDIX 2: WEATHER DATA ................................................................................................... C4-16
APPENDIX 3: DISPUTE ADJUDICATION AGREEMENT ............................................................ C4-18
APPENDIX 4: SANRAL PROJECT LIAISON COMMITTEE GUIDELINES .................................. C4-34
APPENDIX 5: IMPORTED CONTENT DECLARATION ............................................................... C4-35

C4-2
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
Information Only
All data and descriptions contained in this section of the contract documents are given for
information purposes only and cannot be interpreted as prescriptive or as an instruction despite
the fact that the text may give the opposite perspective. If any conflict arises between the content
of this section and other sections of the contract documents, the latter take precedence.

C4.1 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS

The description of the works shall inter alia contain the following particulars regarding the work to be
constructed and maintained under the contract.

C4.1.1 ROADWORKS

The contract for Upgrading of Road R335 between Motherwell and Addo has been split up into two
phases to tie in with the Municipal boundaries between the Nelson Mandela Bay Municipality and the
Sundays River Valley Municipality as follows:

Phase 1 – km 5.16 to km 27.5 and upgrading of the N2/R335 interchange ramps and cross road,
with project number SANRAL-R.335-010-2017/1 (This Tender)
and
Phase 2 – km 27.5 to km 37.50 with project number SANRAL-R.335-010-2017/2 (Future Tender)

The existing R335 is in very poor structural condition, the surfaced road width varies between 6m and
7m width, and the vertical and horizontal geometry is grossly sub standard, with poor sight distances
and the resultant is a high accident rate. To remedy this situation, SANRAL intend to (completely)
reconstruct the road to achieve a Class 3 RIFSA standard.

The southern Limit of Construction is at km 5.16, which is approximately 170 metres North of WM Maku
Street in the heart of Motherwell. The northern limit is at km 37.50, which is on the southern boundary
of the Addo CBD. The total length of the R335 that will be upgraded is 32.34 km.

The section of R335 from km 5.16 (WM Maku) Street to the R334 intersection at km 8.66, which links
to Uitenhage and Coega, is classified as an Urban Dual Carriageway. The cross section for each
carriageway is indicated in Figure 1 below. Figure 2 shows the carriageway cross section with left and
right turning lanes.

Figure 1: Urban Cross Section

C4-3
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
Figure 2: Urban Cross section with Turning lanes

The section of R335 from km 8.66 to km 37.5 is classified as a Rural Single Carriageway and it will be
upgraded to a 13.4m surfaced width as indicated in Figure 3 below.

Figure 3: Rural Cross Section

Upgrading of the Markman interchange between the R335 and the N2 will be included under Phase 1
of the construction. The capacity of the existing interchange will be improved by adding additional lanes
to all four of the ramps (A-D) in order increase capacity for all directional movements. It is also proposed
to signalise the intersections on either side of the bridge.

Auxilliary (passing) lanes will be constructed where required and capacity upgrades (dedicated turning
lanes and taxi bays where required) will be implemented at all intersections along the urban and rural
sections.

Pedestrian sidewalks and new street lighting installed in the rural section through Motherwell.

Refer to Volume 4 for the roadworks drawings.

Traffic accomodation will be implemented mainly using 4 methods which are described below:
i) Offset construction whereby the traffic is maintained on the existing road while the first half of the
road in constructed. Thereafter two way traffic is retained on the newly constructed half while the
second half is constructed.

Refer to Figure 4 Offset Construction

C4-4
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
Figure 4: Offset Construction

ii) Semi-Offset construction whereby the traffic is maintained on the existing road while the existing
road shoulder is widened on one side. Then the traffic is moved over for 2 way traffic on the
widening while the first “full” half of the road is constructed. Thereafter two way traffic is retained
on the newly constructed half while the second half is constructed

Refer to Figure 5 Semi Offset Construction

C4-5
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
Figure 5: Semi-offset Construction

iii) Construction of detours around structures which have to be totally reconstructed.

iv) Stop Go’s to be kept to a minimum and only used for switching over of work sections.

All appurtenant works such as fencing, road signs, landscaping, etc. will be replaced.

The minor culverts encountered along the route are generally smaller than the minimum 600 mm
diameter SANRAL requirement and will have to be replaced.

Refer to Volume 4 for the roadworks drawings.

C4-6
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
C4.1.2 PAVEMENT DESIGN FOR ALL PARTS OF THE VARIOUS ROADS

The traffic volumes and number of heavy vehicles vary along the route and therefore 2 pavement
designs have been proposed as follows:

Section 1: km 5.16 to km 8.8

• Surfacing (40 mm Asphalt)
• 150 mm G1 base, compacted to 88% ARD,
• 300mm C3 (using G5A quality material), compacted to 97% of MDD ,
• 150 mm G6 selected subgrade, compacted to 95% of MDD,
• 150 mm G7 selected subgrade, compacted to 93% of MDD,
• Roadbed treatment per engineer’s instruction.

Section 2: km 8.8 to km 37.16

• Surfacing (20 mm Cape Seal)
• 150 mm G1 base, compacted to 88% ARD,
• 250mm C3 (using G5A quality material), compacted to 97% of MDD,
• 150 mm G6 selected subgrade, compacted to 95% of MDD,
• 150 mm G7 selected subgrade, compacted to 93% of MDD,
• Roadbed treatment per engineer’s instruction

C4.1.3 STRUCTURAL WORKS

The upgrading of the R 335, resulted in 7 structures to be demolished and be replaced with totally new
structures and the provision of 3 agricultural underpass and the widening of one bridge. Refer to table
1 for the extent of the proposed work.

a) Hydraulic Culverts
The proposed upgrading of the approximate 27km rural section of the R335-01 through Nelson
Mandela Bay Metropole and Sundays River Valley Local Municipality up to the end of the project
at km 37.360 has the following five locations in an approximate 6km stretch between km 26 –
32 where replacement major drainage culverts (as multi cell in-situ box structures) are proposed
to be constructed over a single northerly flowing tributary to the Sundays River that snakes
across this stretch of the proposed upgraded R335-01:

The following culvert will be constructed under Phase 1 (km 5.16 to km 27.5)

• C0734 Sundays River Tributary 2 @ km 26.668

3 cell 3.4m(W) x 3.2m(H) box culvert replacing existing 1/600Ø silted up & buried minor
pipe culvert at assumed same location on R335-01 upgraded offset alignment

C4-7
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Figure 6: Culvert C0734

The following culverts will be constructed under Phase 2 (km 27.5 to km 37.5):

• C0735 Sundays River Tributary 3 @ km 28.423

3 cell 3.4m(W) x 3.2m(H) box culvert replacing existing 2/600Ø minor pipe culvert at same
location on R335-01 upgraded offset alignment
• C0736 Sundays River Tributary 4 @ km 28.858 3 cell 3.4m(W) x 3.2m(H) box culvert
replacing existing 2/450Ø & 2/600Ø minor pipe culverts at southerly optimised relocation
on R335-01 upgraded offset alignment
• C0737 Sundays River Tributary 5 @ km 30.285
New 2 cell 1.8m(W) x 2.0m(H) box culvert on MN50267 upgraded alignment in close
proximity to upgraded intersection with R335-01 @ km 30.285 with sub-tributary connecting
to the main tributary downstream of C0738 outlet
• C0738 Sundays River Tributary 6 @ km 30.313
3 cell 3.4m(W) x 3.2m(H) box culvert replacing existing single cell in-situ arch major culvert
(IDC 3787) at same location on R335-01 upgraded realignment
• C0739 Sundays River Tributary 7 @ km 31.891
3 cell 3.4m(W) x 3.2m(H) box culvert replacing existing single cell in-situ arch major culvert
(IDC 3790) at same location on R335-01 upgraded realignment

Additionally, the following new major drainage culvert is (as multi cell in-situ box structures)
proposed for a sub-tributary to the above main Sundays River tributary that crosses the existing
district roads DR01958 in close proximity to the intersection with the R335-01, which intersection
and approach length of the district road includes this sub-tributary crossing, but currently without
any drainage culvert, is proposed to be upgraded:

• C0733 Sundays River Tributary 1 @ km 26.575

New 2 cell 2.4m(W) x 2.4m(H) box culvert on DR01958 upgraded alignment in close
proximity to the upgraded intersection with R335-01 @ km 26.575 with sub-tributary
connecting to the main tributary upstream of C0734 inlet

C4-8
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
Figure 6: Culvert C0733

b) Agricultural underpasses

The need for agricultural underpasses on the rural part of the R335-01 near the farms of
Kentvale, Kudu Ridge and Riverdale were identified following discussions with the relevant
land/farm owners. After further consultation with SANRAL Southern Region, approval was
granted to provide a new major agricultural underpass culvert, constructed as a single cell
2.5m(W) x 2.5m(H) cast in situ box culvert on Phase 1 as follows:
•C0732 Kentvale Agricultural Underpass at km 27.575

c) Bridges

(i) B0569, Coega River Bridge at km 11.556

The existing Coega River Bridge B1956 built in 1956 is a 19.9m long, 8.3 m overall / roadway (2
lane) width, 3 span (6.6m+6.7m+6.6m) simply supported bridge crossing the river at 0˚ skew. The
bridge was constructed as an in situ slab reinforced concrete decks supported on solid wall type
piers and closed abutments with splayed wing walls founded on spread footings.

The existing bridge needs to be upgraded from a hydraulic purpose and therefore a new bridge is
constructed on the downstream side of the existing bridge. The existing bridge will be demolished
once the new bridge is constructed. See images below of existing bridge.

The proposed new replacement Coega River Bridge B0569, on the proposed upgraded R335
crosses the Coega River in the same location as the existing Coega River Bridge B1956, the
alignment being offset downstream south for construction. Refer to Section below of replacement
bridge.

C4-9
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 The proposed bridge deck consists of a continuous in-situ reinforced solid slab concrete of 21.0m
overall length, 13.4 m width between parapets and 0.5m structural.

The abutments are of the closed type with return walls or splayed wing walls as typically used for
river bridges subject to final assessment of ground levels. Approach slabs are to be provided at
both abutments. Elastomeric type bridge bearings are proposed to be used over the abutments.

1.220m high in-situ F-shape barriers are to be installed along the road side edges. Roadway
drainage consists of closely spaced freely draining through and down pipes along the kerb lines
of the barriers.

Figure 6: Bridge B0569: Elevation on existing bridge

C4-10
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Figure 7: Bridge B0569: View from the approaches

Figure 8: Bridge B0569: Replacement Bridge

(d) Rehabilitation of structures

None

C4.1.4 MAINTENANCE WORKS

Maintenance of the works during construction and defects notification periods.

Information on Routine Road Maintenance Contracts to be provided to the successful

contractor.

C4.2 DRAWINGS

The drawings that form part of the tender document are issued for tender purposes only.

The contractor will be supplied with one set of paper prints plus a CD containing all the
construction documentation.

Only figured dimensions may be used and drawings may not be scaled unless so instructed
by the engineer. The engineer will supply all figured dimensions omitted from the drawings.

The levels given on bridge drawings are subject to confirmation on site, and the contractor
shall submit all levels to the engineer for confirmation before he commences any structural
construction work. It is the contractor’s responsibility to check all clearances given on the
drawings and to inform the engineer of any discrepancies.

C4.3 CAMP ESTABLISHMENT, POWER SUPPLY AND OTHER SERVICES

The contractor is to make his own arrangements concerning the supply of electrical power
and all other services. No direct payment will be made for the provision of electrical and

C4-11
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 other services. The cost thereof is deemed to be included in the rates and amounts
tendered for the various items of work for which these services are required.

C4.4 CONSTRUCTION IN CONFINED AREAS

It will be necessary for the contractor to work within confined areas. In certain places the
width of the fill material and pavement layers may decrease to zero and the working space
may be confined. The method of construction in these confined areas largely depends on
the contractor’s constructional plant.

Regardless, measurement and payment will be in accordance with the specified cross-
sections and dimensions only, irrespective of the method used for achieving these cross-
sections and dimensions. It is deemed that the rates tendered in the Pricing Schedule
include full compensation for all special equipment and construction methods and for all
difficulties encountered when working in confined areas and narrow widths, and at or
around obstructions. No extra payment will be made nor will any claim for additional
payment be considered in such cases. (Refer to standard specification sub-clause
C1.1.3.2(b)).

C4.5 MANAGEMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT

The contractor will be responsible for construction according to an environmental

management plan in terms of Section C1000 Scope of Works.

The contractor must take the utmost care to minimise the impact of his establishment and
other construction activities on the environment and must adhere to the requirements as
set out in Section C of the Scope of Works. Where the contractor fails to adhere to these
requirements the specifications in Section C of the Scope of Works provide the
methodology and cost liability of remedy.

C4.6 TRAFFIC

Portion 1: Start (Km 5.16) to the R335/R334 Intersection (Km 8.8)

STATION NAME 2063 EC_R335_01_8.15
STATION NO. 2063 12690

DESCRIPTION Between Motherwell and Addo just before

intersection to Uitenhage
TYPE Temporary Temporary
SOURCE EC Traffic Data Mikros
YEAR 2006 2015 2018
Start Of Survey N/A 6-May-15 28-Feb-18
End Of Survey N/A 8-May-15 20-Mar-18
No. of days 2 20
ADT 2490 3650 4148
ADTT 684 1108 487
% HV 27.47% 30.36% 11.74%
GROWTH RATE ADT N/A 4.34% 4.36%
GROWTH RATE ADTT N/A 5.51% -23.97%
IN/OUT SEASON IN OUT
WEIGHTED ADTT (2018) N/A 849
WEIGHTED % HV (2018) N/A 20.5%

Portion 2: R335/R334 Intersection (Km 8.8) to End (Km 37.50)

C4-12
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
STATION NAME 2061 EC_R335_01_9.5 EC_R335_01_18.7 EC_R335_01_29.0
STATION NO. 2061 12041 12046 12048
DESCRIPTION Between
Motherwell and Between Addo and Between Addo And Between Addo And
Addo just after Port Elizabeth at km Port Elizabeth at km Port Elizabeth at km
R335/R334 9.5 18.7 29.0
intersection
TYPE Temporary
SOURCE EC Traffic Data Mikros Mikros Mikros
YEAR 2006 2015 2016 2018 2016 2018 2016 2018
Start Of Survey 6-May- 18-Oct- 27-Oct- 27-Feb- 18-Oct- 26-Feb-
8-Mar-18
15 16 16 18 16 18
End Of Survey 8-May- 27-Oct- 27-Oct-
19-Mar-18 4-Nov-16 8-Mar-18 8-Mar-18
15 16 16
No. of days 3 9 11 8 9 9 10
ADT 1698 1988 1918 1993 1827 1985 1630 1998
ADTT 424 732 310 287 220 214 138 162
% HV 24.97% 36.82% 16.16% 14.40% 12.04% 10.78% 8.47% 8.11%
GROWTH RATE
ADT FROM 2015- 1.77% 1.94% 4.23% 10.71%
2018
GROWTH RATE
ADTT FROM 6.26% -3.78% -1.37% 8.35%
2015-2018
IN/OUT SEASON N/A IN OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
WEIGHTED
AVERAGE ADTT N/A 543 N/A
(2018)
WEIGHTED % HV
N/A 27.27% N/A
(2018)

C4.7 SMALL CONTRACTOR DEVELOPMENT, TRAINING AND COMMUNITY LIAISON

The South African National Roads Agency SOC Limited is committed to the implementation
of Government’s policies and in turn expects the same from its contractors. Accordingly, it
is a requirement of this project that tenderers are familiar with the specifications that relate
to the transformation of the construction industry through the following:
(i) adherence to the policies of the Reconstruction and Development Programme and
other similar Government initiatives,
(ii) employment and/or creation of Targeted Enterprises,
(iii) arrangement of generic skills, engineering skills and entrepreneurial skills training
programmes for which provision has been made in the Pricing Schedule,
(iv) construction using labour maximisation principles and,
(v) active participation with community-based structures.

Tenderers should note that liaison with Community Stakeholders via active participation
with the Project Liaison Committee, as well as employment of people from within the
community, are essential parts of the project. A provisional sum to cover costs incurred by
members of the community in the liaison process has also been included in the Pricing
Schedule.

Section D of the Scope of Works covers the contractor’s requirements in detail, as well as
defining the targets that comprise the Contract Participation Goal (CPG).

C4.8 CLIMATE

Refer to Appendix 2

C4-13
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
C4.9 REQUIREMENTS OF THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT AND
REGULATIONS 2014

Refer to Section E of the Scope of Works for general requirements in terms of the OH&S
requirements.

C4.10 SAFETY PROCEDURES

Due to the location of the contract in Motherwell, which has an increased risk of criminal
activities, the tenderer to be reminded of his responsibility to provide guards for the
protection of the public and construction workers i.t.o. clause 4.8 of the conditions of
contract

C4.11 OTHER INFORMATION

None

C4.12 AGREEMENT TO OCCUPY SANRAL’S PROPERTY

Not Applicable

C4.13 APPENDICES

Appendix 1: Locality Plan

Appendix 2: Weather Data
Appendix 3: Dispute Adjudication Agreement
Appendix 4: SANRAL Project Liaison Committee Guidelines
Appendix 5: Imported Content Declaration

C4-14
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 APPENDIX 1:LOCALITY PLAN

C4-15
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 APPENDIX 2:WEATHER DATA

C4-16
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 C4-17
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
APPENDIX 3: DISPUTE ADJUDICATION AGREEMENT

DISPUTE ADJUDICATION AGREEMENT

between

THE SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL ROADS AGENCY SOC LIMITED

(Reg No. 1998/009584/06)
(“Employer”)

and

_________________________________________
(Reg No. _____________)
(“Contractor”)

and

_______________________
(“Member”)

C4-18
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS

1.1 In this Dispute Adjudication Agreement, unless the context otherwise indicates :

1.1.1 “Contract” means Contract SANRAL … (insert contract number) for the (insert contract
description) entered into between the Employer and the Contractor.

1.1.2 “Contractor” means … (insert contractor’s details) appointed by the Employer under the
Contract.

1.1.3 “DAB” means the three person Dispute Adjudication Board as contemplated in clause 20
of the Conditions of Contract for Construction for Building and Engineering Works designed
by the Employer, published by the Fédération Internationale des Ingénieurs-Conseils
(hereinafter referred to as “GCC”), in accordance with the terms and conditions as set out
in this Dispute Adjudication Agreement.

1.1.4 “Dispute Adjudication Agreement” means the tripartite agreement between the
Employer, Contractor and Member.

1.1.5 “Effective Date” means the date that this Dispute Adjudication Agreement shall take effect,
and unless otherwise stated, it shall be the latest date when the Employer, the Contractor,
Member and each of the Other Members have respectively signed a Dispute Adjudication
Agreement.

1.1.6 “Employer” means the South African National Roads Agency SOC Limited, Registration
No. 1998/009584/06

1.1.7 “Engineer” means … (insert engineer’s details).

1.1.8 “Member” means Mr ______________________, who (Note to compiler: Delete the

following for members other than for the Chairperson’s agreement) will act as
chairman of the DAB and who is one of the three persons who are jointly called the DAB.

1.1.9 “Other Members” means the persons other than the Member, forming part of the DAB

1.1.10 “Parties” means the Employer, Contractor and Member

1.2 In the Dispute Adjudication Agreement, words and expressions which are not otherwise defined
shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Contract

2. GENERAL PROVISIONS

2.1 Following the Effective Date, the Employer and the Contractor shall each give notice to the
Member accordingly. If the Member does not receive either notice within six months after entering
into the Dispute Adjudication Agreement, it shall be void and ineffective.

2.2 This employment of the Member is a personal appointment. At any time, the Member may give
not less than 70 days’ notice of resignation to the Employer and to the Contractor, and the Dispute
Adjudication Agreement shall terminate upon the expiry of this period.

2.3 No assignment or subcontracting of the Dispute Adjudication Agreement is permitted without the
prior written agreement of all the Parties to it and of the Other Members.

2.4 The Dispute Adjudication Agreement shall be governed by the law of the Republic of South Africa.

2.5 All disputes will be heard in ______________, Republic of South Africa, unless otherwise agreed
by the Parties.

C4-19
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
3. WARRANTIES

3.1 The Member warrants and agrees that he/she is and shall be impartial and independent of the
Employer, the Contractor and the Engineer. The Member shall promptly disclose, to each of them
and to the Other Members, any fact or circumstance which might appear inconsistent with his/her
warranty and agreement of impartiality and independence.

3.2 When appointing the Member, the Employer and the Contractor relies upon the Members’
representations that he/she is:
a) experienced in the work which the Contractor is to carry out under the Contract,
b) experienced in the interpretation of contract documentation, and
c) fluent in the language for communications defined in the Contract.

4. APPOINTMENT

4.1 The Employer and the Contractor hereby jointly appoint the Member as a Member of a three-
person DAB on the terms and conditions as set out in the Dispute Adjudication Agreement, which
appointment the Member by his/her signature hereto accepts;

4.2 The conditions of the Dispute Adjudication Agreement comprise the following:
a) The Dispute Adjudication Agreement together with any addenda or schedules hereto;
including the procedural rules;
b) The GCC, as amended by any particular conditions, to the extent that it is applicable to the
DAB and the Member.

5. GENERAL OBLIGATIONS OF THE MEMBER

Note to compiler: Delete this clause for members other than the Chairperson’s agreement
5.1 The Member shall act as chairman of the DAB and shall; ensure smooth administration; keep all
records; ensure compliance to procedural rules; ensure the ethics of the DAB remain
unchallenged; coordinate between the Parties and the DAB; chair meetings and site visits; ensure
procedural correctness of all recommendations and decisions of the DAB.

5.2 The Member shall have no interest financial or otherwise in the Employer, the Contractor or the
Engineer, nor any financial interest in the Contract except for payment under the Dispute
Adjudication Agreement.

5.3 The Member shall not previously have been employed as a consultant or otherwise by the
Employer, the Contractor or the Engineer, except in such circumstances as were disclosed in
writing to the Employer and the Contractor before they signed the Dispute Adjudication
Agreement.

5.4 The Member shall have disclosed in writing to the Employer, the Contractor and the Other
Members, before entering into the Dispute Adjudication Agreement and to his/her best knowledge
and re-collection, any professional or personal relationships with any director, officer or employee
of the Employer, the Contractor or the Engineer, and any previous involvement in the overall
project of which the Contract forms part.

5.5 The Member shall not, for the duration of the Dispute Adjudication Agreement, be employed as a
consultant or otherwise by the Employer, the Contractor, any member/partner of the Contractor
or the Engineer, except as may be agreed in writing by the Employer, the Contractor and the
Other Members. Notwithstanding this restriction, the Member shall not be restricted to be
employed as a consultant or otherwise by the Employer, the Contractor or the Engineer on
another contract or matter, but shall disclose to the Employer, the Contractor, and the Other
Members, before he/she consult, advises or accepts any instructions from either the Employer,
the Contractor, any member/partner of the Contractor, or the Engineer and confirming that such
advice, consultation or other instruction taken from such person shall not affect the Member’s
ability to be unbiased in relation to his/her duties under the Dispute Adjudication Agreement.

C4-20
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
5.6 The Member shall comply with the annexed procedural rules and Sub-Clause 20.4 of the
conditions of Contract.

5.7 The Member shall not give advice to the Employer, the Contractor, the Employer’s personnel or
the Contractor’s personnel concerning the conduct of the Contract, other than in accordance with
the annexed procedural rules.

5.8 The Member shall not while a Member enter into discussions or make any agreement with the
Employer, the Contractor or the Engineer regarding employment by any of them, whether as a
consultant or otherwise, after ceasing to act under this Dispute Adjudication Agreement.

5.9 The Member shall ensure his/her availability for all site visits and hearings as are necessary.

5.10 The Member shall become conversant with the Contract and with the progress of the Works (and
of any parts of the project of which the Contract forms part) by studying all documents received
which shall be maintained in a current working file.

5.11 The Member shall treat the details of the Contract and all the DAB’s activities and hearings as
private and confidential, and not publish or disclose them without the prior written consent of the
Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members.

5.12 The Member shall be available to give advice and opinions, on any matter relevant to the Contract
when requested by both the Employer and the Contractor, subject to the agreement of the Other
Members.

6. GENERAL OBLIGATIONS OF THE EMPLOYER AND THE CONTRACTOR

6.1 The Employer, the Contractor, the Employer’s personnel and the Contractor’s personnel shall not
request advice from or consultation with the Member regarding the Contract, otherwise than in
the normal course of the DAB’s activities under the Contract and the Dispute Adjudication
Agreement, and except to the extent that prior agreement is given by the Employer, the Contractor
and the Other Members. The Employer and the Contractor shall be responsible for compliance
with this provision, by the Employer’s personnel and the Contractor’s personnel respectively.

6.2 The Employer and the Contractor undertake to each other and to the Member that the Member
shall not, except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Employer, the Contractor, the Member and
the Other Members:
a) be appointed as an arbitrator in any arbitration under the Contract;
b) be called as a witness to give evidence concerning any dispute before arbitrator(s)
appointed for any arbitration under the Contract;
c) be called as a witness or act on behalf of the Employer or Contractor, concerning any
dispute that became the subject of litigation under the Contract; or
d) be liable for any claims for anything done or omitted in the discharge or purported discharge
of the Members functions unless the act or omission is shown to have been in bad faith.

6.3 The Employer and the Contractor hereby jointly and severally indemnify and hold the Member
harmless against and from claims from which he/she is relieved from liability under the preceding
paragraph.

7. PAYMENT

7.1 The Member shall be paid a retainer fee of R… (excluding VAT) per calendar month, which shall
be considered as payment in full for:
i) being available on 28 days’ notice for all site visits and hearings;
ii) becoming and remaining conversant with all project developments and maintaining
relevant files;
iii) all office and overhead expenses including secretarial services, photocopying and office
supplies incurred in connection with his/her duties; and
iv) all services performed hereunder except those referred to in sub-paragraphs 7.4, 7.5, 7.6
and 7.7 of this Clause.

C4-21
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
7.2 The retainer fee shall be paid with effect from the last day of the calendar month in which the
Dispute Adjudication Agreement becomes effective; until the last day of the calendar month in
which the Taking-Over Certificate is issued for the whole of the Works.

7.3 With effect from the first day of the calendar month following the month in which the Taking-Over
Certificate is issued for the whole of the Works, the retainer fee shall be reduced by 50%. This
reduced fee shall be paid until the first day of the calendar month in which the Member resigns or
the Dispute Adjudication Agreement is otherwise terminated.

7.4 The Member shall be paid a site visit daily fee of R… (excluding VAT), (reduced to an hourly fee
of one eighth the daily fee, for part of a day), which shall be considered as payment in full for:
i) each day or part of a day up to a maximum of one day’s travel time in each direction for the
journey between the Member’s home and the site or another location of a meeting with the
Other Members, as agreed by the Parties.
ii) each working day or part of a day on site visits.

7.5 The Member shall be paid a dispute analysis daily fee of R… (excluding VAT), (reduced to an
hourly fee of one eighth the daily fee, for part of a day), which shall be considered as payment in
full for:
i) each day or part of a day spent on dispute analysis, hearings or preparing decisions; and
ii) each day or part of a day spent reading submissions in preparation for a hearing.

7.6 The Member shall be paid a pupillage daily fee of R… (excluding VAT), (reduced to an hourly fee
of one eighth the daily fee, for part of a day), which shall be considered as payment in full for:
i) each day or part of a day spent on preparation for pupillage.
ii) each day or part of a day spent on offering practical experience and mentoring to assigned
pupil.

7.7 The Member shall be paid all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the Member’s
duties, including the cost of the following:
i) Travel expenses :–
▪ Own car - motor vehicle travel expenses will be recovered at the relevant South
African Automobile Association rates,
▪ Car hire – group B or similar,
▪ Flights – economy class.
ii) Accommodation – any type of accommodation up to R1,300.00 per day all inclusive,
iii) Subsistence costs.

7.8 The Member shall be paid all Value Added Taxes as per the law.

7.9 The retainer fee and daily fees shall remain fixed for the 1 st 24 calendar months and shall
thereafter be adjusted by the twelve-month year on year CPI index (as published in the monthly
bulletin P0141 of Statistics South Africa under table B) at each anniversary of the Effective Date.
The base month shall be the 12th month following the Effective Date.

7.10 The Member shall be paid in South African Rands.

7.11 The member shall submit invoices for payment of the monthly retainer and may include an
estimate of the next month’s airfares which will be incurred (and which will be reconciled and
adjusted in the subsequent invoice). Invoices for other expenses and for daily fees shall be
submitted following the conclusion of a site visit or hearing. All invoices shall be accompanied by
a DAB fee claim containing records of previous fee claims and a breakdown of activities
performed during the relevant period and shall be addressed to the Contractor.

7.12 Notwithstanding the fact that the appointment is of the Member in his/her personal capacity the
Member may invoice and receive payment to a legal entity of which he/she is a member,
shareholder or partner.

7.13 The Contractor shall pay the Member’s invoices in full within 30 calendar days after receiving
each valid invoice, half of which shall be recovered by the Contractor from the Employer.

C4-22
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
7.14 If the Member does not receive payment of the amount due within 70 days after submitting a valid
invoice, the Member may (i) suspend his/her services (without notice) until the payment is
received and/or (ii) resign his/her appointment by giving notice under Clause 8.

8. TERMINATION

8.1 At any time: (i) the Employer and the Contractor may jointly terminate the Dispute Adjudication
Agreement by giving 42 days’ notice to the Member; or (ii) the Member may resign as provided
for under Clause 2.

8.2 If the member fails to comply with the Dispute Adjudication Agreement, the Employer and the
Contractor may, without prejudice to their other rights, terminate it by notice to the Member. The
notice shall take effect when received by the Member.

8.3 If the Employer or the Contractor fails to comply with the Dispute Adjudication Agreement, the
Member may, without prejudice to his/her other rights, terminate it by notice to the Employer and
the Contractor. The notice shall take effect when received by them both.

8.4 Any such notice, resignation and termination shall be final and binding on the Employer, the
Contractor and the Member. However, a notice by the Employer or the Contractor, but not by
both, shall be of no effect.

9. DEFAULT OF THE MEMBER

9.1 If the Member fails to comply with any obligation under Clause 5, he/she shall not be entitled to
any fees or expenses hereunder and shall, without prejudice to their other rights, reimburse each
of the Employer and the Contractor for any fees and expenses received by the Member and the
Other Members, for proceedings or decisions (if any) of the DAB which are rendered void or
ineffective.

10. DISPUTES

10.1 Any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with the Dispute Adjudication Agreement, or
the breach, termination or invalidity thereof, shall be finally settled by arbitration under the Rules
of Arbitration of the Association of Arbitrators of Southern Africa by one Arbitrator appointed by
agreement of the Member, the Employer and the Contractor or, failing such agreement, by the
Chairman for the time being of the Association of Arbitrators.

11. DOMICILIA AND NOTICES

11.1 The Parties choose as their domicilia citandi et executandi for all purposes under the Dispute
Adjudication Agreement, whether in respect of notices or other documents or communications of
whatsoever nature (including the exercise of any option), the following addresses:

11.1.1 Employer (domicilia citandi et executandi):

Address: South African National Roads Agency SOC Limited

48 Tambotie Avenue, Val de Grace, Pretoria, 0184
Reference: … CEO

Employer (General Communication)

Address: South African National Roads Agency SOC Limited

… Region, …, …, …
Fax Number: …
Tel. Number: …
Reference: … Regional Manager, … Region

C4-23
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
11.1.2 Contractor:

Address: …
…
Fax Number: …
Tel. Number: …
Reference: …, Contract Director

11.1.3 Member:

Address: …
…
Fax Number: …
Tel. Number: …
Reference: …,

11.2 Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms of the Dispute
Adjudication Agreement shall be valid and effective only if in writing, but it shall be competent to
give notice by telefax or registered mail.

11.3 Any Party may by notice to the other Party change the physical address chosen as its domicilium
citandi et executandi vis-à-vis that Party to another physical address in the Republic of South
Africa or its telefax number, provided that the change shall become effective vis-à-vis that
addressee on the 7th business day from the deemed receipt of the notice by the addressee.

11.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained a written notice or communication
actually received by a Party shall be an adequate written notice or communication to it
notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen domicilium citandi et executandi.

12. SIGNATORIES

12.1 Signed for and on behalf of the Employer by:

.................................................................. .................................................................................
Name Signature of duly authorised representative

.........................................................................................................................................................
Date

In the presence of Witness:

.................................................................. .................................................................................
Name Signature

.........................................................................................................................................................
Date

12.2 Signed for and on behalf of the Contractor by:

.................................................................. .................................................................................
Name Signature of duly authorised representative

.........................................................................................................................................................
Date

In the presence of Witness:

.................................................................. .................................................................................

C4-24
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Name Signature

.........................................................................................................................................................
Date

12.3 Signed by the Member:

.................................................................. .................................................................................
Name Signature

.........................................................................................................................................................
Date

In the presence of Witness:

.................................................................. .................................................................................
Name Signature

.........................................................................................................................................................
Date

C4-25
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
ANNEXURE 1

PROCEDURAL RULES

1. Unless otherwise agreed by the Employer and the Contractor, the DAB shall visit the site at
intervals of not more than 140 days, including times of critical construction events, at the request
of either the Employer or the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed by the Employer, the Contractor
and the DAB, the period between consecutive visits shall not be less than 70 days, except as
required to convene a hearing as described below.

2. The timing of and agenda for each site visit shall be as agreed jointly by the DAB, the Employer
and the Contractor, or in the absence of agreement, shall be decided by the DAB. The purpose
of site visits is to enable the DAB to become and remain acquainted with the progress of the
Works and of any actual or potential problems or claims.

3. Site visits shall be attended by the Employer, the Contractor and the Engineer and shall be co-
ordinated by the Employer in co-operation with the Contractor. The Employer shall ensure the
provision of appropriate conference facilities and secretarial and copying services. At the
conclusion of each site visit and before leaving the site, the DAB shall prepare a report on its
activities during the visit and shall send copies to the Employer and the Contractor.

4. The Employer and the Contractor shall furnish to each member of the DAB one copy of all
documents which the DAB may request, including Contract documents, progress reports, variation
instructions, certificates and other documents pertinent to the performance of the Contract. All
communications between the DAB and the Employer or the Contractor shall be copied to the other
Party.

5. If any dispute is referred to the DAB in accordance with Sub-clause 20.4 of the GCC, the DAB
shall proceed in accordance with Sub-clause 20.4 and these Rules. Subject to the time allowed
to give notice of a decision and other relevant factors, the DAB shall:
a) act fairly and impartially as between the Employer and the Contractor, giving each of them
a reasonable opportunity of putting his case and responding to the other’s case, and
b) adopt procedures suitable to the dispute, avoiding unnecessary delay or expense.

6. The DAB may conduct a hearing on the dispute, in which event it will decide on the date and place
for the hearing and may request that written documentation and arguments from the Employer
and the Contractor be presented to it prior to or at the hearing.

7. Except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Employer and the Contractor, the DAB shall have
power to adopt an inquisitorial procedure, to refuse admission to hearings or audience at hearings
to any persons other than representatives of the Employer, the Contractor and the Engineer, and
to proceed in the absence of any party whom the DAB is satisfied received notice of the hearing;
but shall have discretion to decide whether and to what extent this power may be exercised.

8. The Employer and the Contractor empower the DAB, among other things, to:
a) establish the procedure to be applied in deciding a dispute,
b) decide upon the DABs’ own jurisdiction, and as to the scope of any dispute referred to it,
c) conduct any hearing as it thinks fit, not being bound by any rules or procedures other than
those contained in the Contract and these Rules,
d) take the initiative in ascertaining the facts and matters required for a decision,
e) make use of its own specialist knowledge, if any,
f) decide upon the payment of financing charges in accordance with the Contract,
g) decide upon any provisional relief such as interim or conservatory measures, and

C4-26
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 h) open up, review and revise any certificate, decision, determination, instruction, opinion or
valuation of the Engineer, relevant to the dispute.

9. The DAB shall not express any opinions during any hearing concerning the merits of any
arguments advanced by the Parties, unless requested by both the Employer and Contractor. Prior
to giving notice to its decision:
a) it shall convene in private after a hearing, in order to have discussions and prepare its
decision;
b) it shall endeavour to reach a unanimous decision: if this proves impossible the applicable
decision shall be made by a majority of the Members’ who may require the minority Member
to prepare a written report for submission to the Employer and the Contractor; and
c) if a Member fails to attend a meeting or hearing, or to fulfil any required function, the other
two Members may nevertheless proceed to make a decision, unless:
i) either the Employer or the Contractor does not agree that they do so, or
ii) the absent Member is the chairman and he/she instructs the other Members not to make
a decision.

Thereafter, the DAB shall make and give notice to its decision in accordance with Sub-clause 20.4
or as otherwise agreed by the Employer and the Contractor in writing.

C4-27
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 ANNEXURE 2

COMPULSORY DECLARATION (INCORPORATING SBD4)

The following particulars must be furnished. In the case of a joint venture, separate declarations in
respect of each partner must be completed and submitted.
Section 1: Enterprise details
Name of
enterprise
Contact person
E-mail
Telephone
Cell
Fax
Physical address
Postal address

Section 2: Particulars of companies and close corporations

Company / Close Corporation registration
number

Section 3: SARS information

Tax reference number
(state Not Registered if not registered for VAT)
VAT registration number

Section 4: CIDB registration number

CIDB Registration number

Section 5: Particulars of principals

Principal: means a natural person who is a partner in a partnership, a sole proprietor, a director of a
company established in terms of the Companies Act of 2008 (Act No. 71 of 2008) or a member of a
close corporation registered in terms of the Close Corporations Act, 1984, (Act No. 69 of 1984)

Full name of principal Identity number Personal tax reference number

Attach separate page if necessary.

C4-28
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 C4-29
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Section 6: Record in the service of the state:

Indicate by marking the relevant boxes with a cross, if any principal is currently or has been within the
last 12 months in the service of any of the following:
 a member of any municipal council  an employee of any department, national or
 a member of any provincial legislature provincial public entity or constitutional
 a member of the National Assembly or the institution within the meaning of the Public
National Council of Province Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act 1 of 1999)
 a member of the board of directors of any  a member of an accounting authority of any
municipal entity national or provincial public entity
 an official of any municipality or municipal  an employee of Parliament or a provincial
entity legislature

If any of the above boxes are marked, disclose the following:

Name of principal Name of institution, public office, Status of service
board or organ of state and (tick appropriate
position held column)
Current Within last
12 months

Insert separate page if necessary.

Section 7: Record of family member in the service of the state:

Family member: a person’s spouse, whether in a marriage or in a customary union according to

indigenous law, domestic partner in a civil union, or child, parent, brother, sister, whether such
relationship results from birth, marriage or adoption

Indicate by marking the relevant boxes with a cross, if any family member of a principal as defined in
section 5 is currently or has within the last 12 months been in the service of any of the following:
 a member of any municipal council  an employee of any department, national or
 a member of any provincial legislature provincial public entity or constitutional
 a member of the National Assembly or the institution within the meaning of the Public
National Council of Province Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act 1 of
 a member of the board of directors of any 1999)
municipal entity  a member of an accounting authority of any
 an official of any municipality or municipal national or provincial public entity
entity  an employee of Parliament or a provincial
legislature

If any of the above boxes are marked, disclose the following:

Status of service
Name of institution, public office, (tick appropriate
Name of family member board or organ of state and column)
position held Within last
Current
12 months

Insert separate page if necessary

C4-30
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 Section 8: Record of termination of previous contracts with an organ of state

Was any contract between the tendering entity, including any of its joint venture partners, terminated
during the past five years for reasons other than the employer no longer requiring such works or the
employer failing to make payment in terms of the contract?

 Yes  No (tick appropriate box)

If yes, provide particulars:

Insert separate page if necessary

Section 9: Declaration

The undersigned, who warrants that he/she is duly authorised to do so on behalf of the tendering entity,
confirms that the contents of this Declaration are within my personal knowledge, save where stated
otherwise in an attachment hereto, and to the best of my belief is both true and correct, and that:
i) neither the name of the tendering entity, nor any of its principals, appears on:
a) the Register of Tender Defaulters established in terms of the Prevention and Combating
of Corrupt Activities Act of 2004 (Act No. 12 of 2004); or
b) National Treasury’s Database of Restricted Suppliers (see www.treasury.gov.za);
ii) the tendering entity or any of its principals has not been convicted of fraud or corruption by a
court of law (including a court outside of the Republic of South Africa) within the last five years;
iii) any principal who is presently employed by the state has the necessary permission to undertake
remunerative work outside such employment (attach permission to this declaration);
iv) the tendering entity is not associated, linked or involved with any other tendering entities
submitting tender offers;
v) the tendering entity has not engaged in any prohibited restrictive horizontal practices, including
consultation, communication, agreement, or arrangement with any competing or potential
tendering entity regarding prices, geographical areas in which goods and services will be
rendered, approaches to determining prices or pricing parameters, intentions to submit a tender
or not, the content of the submission (specification, timing, conditions of contract, etc.) or
intention to not win a tender;
vi) the tendering entity has no other relationship with any of the tenderers or those responsible for
compiling the scope of work that could cause or be interpreted as a conflict of interest;
vii) neither the tenderer nor any of its principals owes municipal rates and taxes or municipal service
charges to any municipality or a municipal entity, and are not in arrears for more than three
months;
viii) SARS may, on an on-going basis during the term of the contract, disclose the tenderer’s tax
compliance status to the Employer and, when called upon to do so, obtain the written consent of
any subcontractors who are subcontracted to execute a portion of the contract that is entered into
in excess of the threshold prescribed by National Treasury, for SARS to do likewise.

I, the undersigned ....................................................................................................................................

certify that the information furnished in this form above is correct. I accept that the Employer may
cancel this agreement should this declaration prove to be false.

............................................................................ ................................................................................
Signature (duly authorised) Date

............................................................................ ................................................................................
PositionName of Enterprise

C4-31
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 NOTE 1: Section 30(1) of the Public Service Act, 1994, prohibits an employee (person who is employed
in posts on the establishment of departments) from performing or engaging remunerative work outside
his or her employment in the relevant department, except with the written permission of the executive
authority of the department. When in operation, Section 8(2) of the Public Administration Management
Act, 2014, will prohibit an employee of the public administration (i.e. municipalities and all national
departments, national government components listed in Part A of Schedule 3 to the Public Service Act,
provincial departments including the office of the premier listed in Schedule 1 of the Public Service Act
and provincial departments listed in schedule 2 of the Public Service Act, and provincial government
components listed in Part B of schedule 3 of the Public Service Act) or persons contracted to executive
authorities in accordance with the provisions of section 12A of the Public Service Act of 1994 or persons
performing similar functions in municipalities, from conducting business with the State or to be a director
of a public or private company conducting business with the State. The offence for doing so is a fine or
imprisonment for a period not exceeding five years, or both. It is also a serious misconduct which may
result in the termination of employment by the employer.

NOTE 2: Regulation 44 of Supply Chain Management regulations issued in terms of the Municipal
Finance Management Act of 2003 requires that municipalities and municipal entities should not award a
contract to a person who is in the service of the State, a director, manager or principal shareholder in
the service of the State or who has been in the service of the State in the previous twelve months.

NOTE 3: Regulation 45 of Supply Chain Management regulations requires a municipality or municipal

entity to disclose in the notes to the annual statements particulars of any award made to a close family
member in the service of the State.

NOTE 4: Corrupt activities which give rise to an offence in terms of the Prevention and Combating of
Corrupt Activities Act of 2004, include improperly influencing in any way the procurement of any contract,
the fixing of the price, consideration or other moneys stipulated or otherwise provided for in any contract,
and the manipulating by any means of the award of a tender.

NOTE 5: Section 4 of the Competition Act of 1998 prohibits restrictive horizontal practice, including
agreements between parties in a horizontal relationship, which have the effect of substantially preventing
or lessening competition, directly or indirectly fixing prices or dividing markets or constituting collusive
tendering. Section 5 also prohibits restrictive vertical practices. Any restrictive practices that are
suspicious will be reported to the Competition Commission for investigation and possible imposition of
administrative penalties.

C4-32
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
 ANNEXURE 3

TAX COMPLIANCE PERMISSION DECLARATION

I, .................................................................................................................................................... (name)
the undersigned in my capacity as ............................................................................................ (position)
on behalf of ................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... (name of company)
herewith grant consent that SARS may disclose to the South African National Roads Agency SOC
Limited (SANRAL) our tax compliance status on an ongoing basis for the contract term.

For this purpose, our unique security personal identification number (PIN) is ........................................ ,
our tax reference number is …………..….. and our tax clearance certificate number is ......................... .

SIGNATURE: ............................................................................................................................................

DATE: ........................................................................................................................................................

C4-33
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
APPENDIX 4: SANRAL PROJECT LIAISON COMMITTEE GUIDELINES

Refer Appendix 4 attached

C4-34
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021
APPENDIX 5: IMPORTED CONTENT DECLARATION

The Excel files of Annex C, D and E are included on the SANRAL website for this tender

C4-35
PROFORMA DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BOOK 3 - 2021.1 - MARCH 2021